BIOLOGY

UNIVERSITY LIBRARY

UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS AT URBANA-CHAMPAIGN

The person charging this material is responsible for its

renewal or return to the library on or before the due date.

The minimum fee for a lost item is $1 25.00, $300.00 for

bound journals.

Theft, mutilation, and underlining of books are reasons

for disciplinary action and may result in dismissal from

the University. Please note: self-stick notes may result in

torn pages and lift some inks.

Renew via the Telephone Center at 217-333-8400,

846-262-1510 (toll-free) or [email protected].

Renew online by choosing the My Account option at:

http://www.library.uiuc.edu/catalog/

APR 1 9 2010

Digitized by the Internet Archive

in 2016

https://archive.org/details/annalsmagazineof1719unse

THE ANNALS

$ A

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, and GEOLOGY.

(being a continuation of tiie ‘annals’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AN l)

CHARLES WORTH* S ‘ .MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’)

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, P.ll.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S.

YOL. XVII.— SEVENTH SERIES.

LONDON:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD. j

BA1LLIERE, PARIS : HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN :

AND ASHER, BERLIN.

1906.

“Omnes res creatas sunt divinse sapientise et potential testes, divitiae felicitatk

hu manse : — ex harum usu bonitcis Creatoris ; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ;

ex ceconomia in conservation, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Earutn itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper sestimata ;

a vere eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta ; male doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.” — Linnasus.

“ Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne taut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le ebef-d’eeuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses operations.” — Bruckner, Theorie du Systeme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

The sylvan powers

Obey our summons ; from tbeir deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet ; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep : the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide : the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread.

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taylor, Norwich , 1818.

o

ALERE

FLAMM AM .

ACES LIBRARY

Y/7

CONTENTS OF VOL. XVII.

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

NUMBER XCVII.

Page

I. Preliminary Notice of the Schizopoda collected by H.M.S.

Discovery ’ in the Antarctic Region. By E. W. L. Holt and W.

M. Tattersall, B.Sc., Department of Agriculture and Technical

Instruction, Fisheries Branch, Dublin 1

II. Bryozoa from Chatham Island and d’Urville Island, New

Zealand, collected by Professor H. Schauinsland. By Arthur Wm.

Waters, F.L.S. (Plate I.) 12

ni. Descriptions and Records of Bees. — VII. By T. D. A.

Uockerell, University of Colorado 23

IV. Notes on some Genera of the Crustacean Family Hipipolytidcp.

By W. T. Calman, D.Sc., British Museum (Natural History) .... 29

V. On the Bats of the Hipposiderus armiger and Commersoni

Types. By Knud Andersen 35

VI. A Revision of the South- American Cichlid Genera Retro-

culus , Geophagus, Hetevogramma , and Riotoecus. By C. Tate

Regan, B.A 49

VII. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. —

No. XXVII. By Prof. McIntosh, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &c.

(Plates II. & HI.) ’ ; 66

VIII. On the Generic Arrangement of the Australian Rats

hitherto referred to Comlw’us} with Remarks on the Structure and

Evolution of their Molar Cusps. By Oldfield Thomas 81

IX. A new Aquatic Genus of Murida discovered by Consul

L. Soderstrom in Ecuador. By Oldfield Thomas 86

X. On a Second Species of Lenoi.hrix from the Liu Kiu Islands.

By Oldfield Thomas §3

XI. Greenlandic Polyzoa. By Canon A. M. Norman, M.A.,

D.C.L., F.R.S., &c. 9q

XII. Notes on some Loricariid Fishes, with Descriptions of Two

new Species. By C. Tate Regan, B.A 94

XIII. Descriptions of Two new Species of Pterygistes. By Major

G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton “ 93

IV

CONTENTS.

Page

XIV. New Species of Lyccenidce from British New Guinea. By

George T. Bethune-Baker, F.L.S., F.Z.S 100

XV. Descriptions of some new African Butterflies. By George

T. Bethune-Baker, F.L.S., F.Z.S 104

XVI. On some Fishes from the Kwango River (Congo System)

in Angola, collected bv I)r. W. J. Ansorge. By G. A. Boulengf.r,

F.R.S. ’ 110

XVII. On new Thyrididce and Pyralidce. By Sir George F.

Hampson, Bart., B.A., F.Z.S., &c 112

XVIII. Note on Bulimulus ( Drymceus ) cit'rinellus, Pfr., and

scitulvs , Reeve. By Hugh C. FultOn 148

XIX. Notes on Trematode Parasites of the Cockle ( Cardium edule )

and Mussel ( Mytilus edulis). By William Nicoll, M.A., B.Sc.,

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. (Plate IV.) ib.

XX. A few undescribed Species of Cicadidce. By W. L. Distant. 156

XXI. Flying-fish Flight, and an Unfixed Law of Nature. By

Lt.-Col. C. D. Durnford 158

XXII. A new Heterotanais and a new Bury dice, Genera of

Isopoda. By Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S.,

&c. (Plates V. & VI.) 167

Proceedings of the Geological Society 171, 172

NUMBER XCVIII.

XXIII. New African Mammals of the Genera Cercopithecus,

Scotophilus, Miniopterus , Crocidura, Georychus , and Heliophobius.

By Oldfield Thomas 173

XXIV. The Vendaces of Lochmaben and of Derwentwater and

Bassenth waite Lakes, Coregorms vandesius and Corey onus yracilior.

By C. Tate Regan, B A. (Plate VII.) 180

XXV. Some undescribed Species of Cicadidce. By W. L. Distant. 182

XXVI. Natural History Notes from the Royal Indian Marine

Survey Ship 4 Investigator,’ Capt. T. H. Heming, R.N. (retired),

commanding. — Series 111., No. 11 . On Two new Genera of Deep-sea

Nemertines. By F, F. Laidlaw, M.A. (Plate VIII.) 185

XXVII. On new Thyrididce and Pyralidce. By Sir George F.

IIampsqn, Bart., B.A., F.Z.S., &c 189

XXVIII. Descriptions and Records of Bees. — VIII. By T. D. A.

Cockerell, University of Colorado 222

XXIX. A Revision of the Fishes of the South-American Ciclilid

Genera Cichla , Chcetobranchus , and Chcetobranchopsis , with Notes

on the Genera of American Cichlidce. By C. Tate Regan, B.A. . . 23Q

CONTENTS.

V

Page

XXX. On the Dentition of the Characinoid Genus Piabuca : a

new Generic Character. By Walter S. Rowntree, B.Sc., F.L.S. 240

XXXI. Descriptions of new Australian Pupince and Pupinellce,

with a Note on Pupina pineticola, Cox. By Hugh C. Fulton.

(Plate IX.) 243

XXXII. Description of a new Species of TJnio ( Citneopsis ) from

Yunnan. By Hugh C. Fulton. (Plate IX.) 246

XXXIII. Descriptions of new Species of Plenrodonte ( Caracolus ),

Planispira, and Kaliella. By Hugh C. Fulton. (Plate IX.) .... 247

Proceedings of the Geological Society 249

The Echinoderm Name Calveria hystrix , by F. A. Bather ib.

NUMBER XCIX.

XXXIV. On new Thyrididce and Pyralidce. By Sir George F.

Hampson, Bart., B.A., F.Z.S., &c 253

XXXV. On Hipposiderus caffer , Sund., and its closest Allies;

with some Notes on H. fuliginosus, Temm. By Knud Andersen . 269

XXXVI. New and little-known Species of Heterocera from the

East. By Colonel C. Swinhoe, M.A., F.L.S., &c 283

XXXVII. Preliminary Description of Two new Species of Carida

from the West Coast of Ireland. By Stanley W. Kemp, B.A.,

Department of Agriculture, Fisheries Branch, Dublin 297

XXXVIII. Synonymic Notes on Musca marginalis, Wied., and

the Genus Pycnosoma , Br. & von Berg. By Ernest E. Austen . . 301

XXXIX. On the Freshwater Medusa Limnocnidci tanganicce and

its Occurrence in the River Niger. By Edward T. Browne,

Zoological Research Laboratory, University College, London 304

XL. Descriptions and Records of Bees. — IX. By T. D. A.

Cockerell, University of Colorado 306

XLI. Descriptions of new Batrachians discovered by Mr. G. L.

Bates in South Cameroon. By G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S 317

XLII. New Mammals from the Australian Region. By Oldfield

Thomas 324

XLIII. Description of Two new Cyprinid Fishes from Yunnan

Fu, collected by Mr. John Graham. By C. Tate Regan, B.A. . . 332

Neiv Book ; — Genera Avium. Parts 1-5 333

Note on the Genus Iaspis, Kaye, by Hamilton H. Druce, F.Z.S.,

F.E.S. ; Notes on the Dates of Publication of the Natural

History portions of some French Voyages. — ‘ Voyage autour

du Monde .... sur .... la Coquille pendant .... 1822-25 ....

Par L. J. Duperry,’ &c. : A Correction, by C. Davies Sherborn,

F.Z.S. &c., and B. B. Woodward, F.L.S. &c 334, 335

VI

CONTENTS.

NUMBER C.

Page

XLIV. On new Species of Histerida and Notices of others. By

G. Lewis, F.L.S 337

XLV. On new Thyrididce and Pyralidce. By Sir George F.

Hampson, Bart., B.A., F.Z.S., &c 344

XLVI. Descriptions and Records of Bees. — X. By T. D. A.

Cockerell, University of Colorado 359

XL VII. Descriptions of Two new Lizards from New Zealand.

By G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S. (Plate X.) 369

XLVIII. Some Voles from the Tian Shan Region. By Gerrit

S. Miller, Jr 371

XLIX. On some Mammals collected by Mr. Robin Kemp in

S. Nigeria. By R. C. Wroughton 375

L. New and little-known Species of Heterocera from the East.

By Colonel C. Swinhoe, M.A., F.L.S., &c 379

LI. A new Species of Orycteropus. By A. S. Hirst 383

LI1. Some undescribed Species of Cicadidce. By W. L. Distant. 384

LIII. Natural History Notes from the R.I.M.S. Ship ‘Investi-

gator,’ Capt. T. IT. Heming, R.N., commanding. — Series III., No. 12.

Preliminary Report on the Indian Stalked Barnacles. By N.

Annandale, D.Sc., Deputy Superintendent of the Indian Museum . 389

LIV. Diagnoses of Five new Species of Decapod Crustacea and of

the hitherto unknown Male of Sjnrontocaris rectirostris (Stimps.)

from the Inland Sea of Japan, as also of a new Species of Pakemon

from Darjeeling, Bengal. By Dr. J. G. de Man, of Ierseke, Holland. 400

LV. Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from Peru.

By Herbert Druce, F.L.S. &c 406

LVI. New Insectivores and Voles collected by Mr. A. Robert near

Trebizond. By Oldfield Thomas 415

LVII. A Third Genus of the Ichthyomys Group. By Oldfield

Thomas 421

LVII I. New Asiatic Mammals of the Genera Kerivoula , Eliomys,

and Lepus. By Oldfield Thomas 423

LIX. Spinning Slugs and Snails. By L. Lindinger 426

New Book: — Catalogue of the Collection of Birds’ Eggs in the

British Museum (Natural History). Vol. IV 432

The Ecliinoderm Name Calveria hystrix , by F. A. Bather

ib.

CONTENTS.

Yll

NUMBER CL

Page

LX. Descriptions of new Fishes discovered by Mr. E. Degen in

Lake Victoria. By G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S 433

LXI. Preliminary Descriptions of new Species' of Ampkipoda

from the ‘ Discovery ’ Antarctic Expedition, 1902-1904. By

Alfred O. Walker, F.L.S., F.Z.S 452

LXII. Notes on British Copepoda : Change of Names. By

Thomas Scott, LL.D., F.L.S. (Plate XL) 458

LXIII. The Morphology of the Madreporaria. — VII. Intrapolypal

Tentacles. By J. E. Duerden, Ph.D., A.R.C.S. (Lond.), Professor

of Zoology, Rhodes University College, Grahamstown, Cape Colony. 466

LXIV. Notes on the Genus Tatera, with Descriptions of new

Species. By R. C. Wroughton 474

LXV. A new Genus of Free-tail Bat from N.E. Africa. By

Oldfield Thoma s 499

LXVI. A Dwarf Form of the African Elephant. By Prof. Th.

Noack, of Brunswick 501

LXVII. On the Morphological Significance of the Joints of the

Mandibles in the Acari. By Dr. A. C. Oudemans 504

New Book : — Darwinism and the Problems of Life. By Conrad

Guenther, Ph.D., Professor at the University of Freiburg in

Baden. Translated from the Third Edition by Joseph McCabe. 505

Proceedings of the Geological Society 506 — 509

On the Anatomy and Histology of the Ixodidce , by A. Bonnet ; The

Large Dermal Glands of the Species of JEchinoster , by Dr. Philipp

Barthels 509, 511

NUMBER CII.

LX VIII. Some new and little-known Trematodes. B}r William

Nicoll, M.A., B.Sc., Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.

(Plates XII. & XIII.) 513

LXIX. Descriptions and Records of Bees. — XI. By T. D. A.

Cockerell, University of Colorado 527

LXX. Eastern and African Heterocera. By Colonel C. Swinhoe,

M.A., F.L.S. , &c 540

LXXI. On a Collection of Fishes from Gallaland. By G. A.

Boulenger, F.R.S 557

Vlll

CONTENTS.

Page

LXXII. Descriptions of new Reptiles from Yunnan. By G. A.

Boulenger, F.R.S 567

LXXIII. Description of a new Fish of the Genus Clarias from

Uganda. By G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S 569

LXXIV. Note on a New Zealand Amphipod belonging to the

Genus Seba. By Charles Chilton, M.A., D.Sc., F.L.S., Professor

of Biology, Canterbury College, New Zealand ib.

LXXV. On the Generic Name Stolasterias , Sladen. Bv Walter

K. Fisher 574

LXXVI. A new Vole from Spain. By Oldfield Thomas .... 576

On the Dates of Publication of the Natural History Portions of the

1 Encyclopedie Methodique,’ by C. Davies Sherborn and B. B.

Woodward 577

Index 583

Plate I.

II.

III.

IV.

V.

VI.

VII.

VIII.

IX.

X.

XI.

XII. |

XIII. f

PLATES IN VOL. XVII.

Bryozoa from Chatham Island and d’Urville Island.

Young stage of Plrycis blennoides ; bifid Nemerteans.

Trematode parasites of the Cockle and Mmsel.

Species of Heterotanais and Eurydice.

Vendace of Derwent water and Bassenth waite Lakes.

New deep-sea Nemertines.

New Shells.

New Lizards from New Zealand.

British Copepoda.

New and little-known Trematodes.

ERRATUM.

Pa^es 61, 64, 65, for Heterogramma commbrce

read Heterogramma commba.

%

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SEVENTH SERIES.]

“ per litora spargite museum,

Naiades, et circum vitreos considite foutes :

Pollice virgineo teneros hie carpite flores :

Floribus et pictum, div®, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymph® Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, reeurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Deae pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”

N. Parthenii Giannettasi , Eel. 1.

No. 97. JANUARY 1906.

I. — Preliminary Notice of the Schizopoda collected by H.M.S.

‘Discovery’ in the Antarctic Region. By E. W. L. Holt

and W. M. Tattersall, B.Sc., Department of Agriculture

and Technical Instruction, Fisheries Branch, Dublin.

The full results of our examination of the material confided

to us will be published by the authorities of the British

Museum in a series specially devoted to the biological

collections of the c Discovery/ The Schizopoda, though

immensely numerous in individuals of one species, comprise

but a few species, of which five appear to have hitherto

escaped description. After consultation with Dr. H. J.

Hansen, who has charge of a much larger collection of the

same group made by the Swedish and Belgian Expeditions,

we have decided to publish diagnoses of the new forms,

adopting his manuscript names for two which we found he

had already worked out. We include a note of all species

taken and some remarks on the characters of Euphausia

superba3 Dana, and Thysanoessa macy'ura, G. O. Sars.

In describing the appendages of the thorax we call them

Ann . cb Mag. N, [list. Ser. 7. Vol. xvii. 1

Messrs. E. W. L. Holt and W. M. Tattersall on

thoracic limbs. Thus, the maxillipede or first maxillipede

is termed the “ first thoracic limb " and its endopod the

“ first thoracic leg," and so on.

Fam. Euphausiidse.

Genus Euphausia, Dana.

Euphausia super ba, Dana, 1852.

E. superba , G. 0. Sars (1885).

E. Murray i, G. 0. Sars (1885).

E. antarctica, G. O. Sars (1885).

E. glacialis, Hodgson (1902).

E. australis, Hodgson (1902).

Of the five supposed species mentioned above E. superba

is the adult male, E. Murrayi and E. australis apply alike to

the adult female and nearly adult male, while E. glacialis

and E. antarctica represent youthful stages in which the

larval characters are not wholly lost. The supposed dis-

tinctions arise from errors in Sars's descriptions and figures

of all except the adult male.

• E. antarctica is described as having no lateral denticle on

the carapace. The type specimen has the side from which

Sars took his drawing injured, but the denticle is perfect and

quite conspicuous on the other side. It is a young form

with the spine on the outer distal angle of the antennular

peduncle well developed, as is usual in young Euphausia.

( Discovery 3 specimens lead from the E. antarctica stage to

E. glacialis, Hodgson, in which the spine on the basal joint

of the antennular peduncle has been reduced to about the

adult proportions, while the lappet on the dorsal distal edge

of the same joint is beginning to appear. At about 27 mm.

specimens in other respects agreeing with E. glacialis have

practically assumed the actual form of E. Murrayi.

The type of E. Murrayi differs from Sars's description and

figures in the following particulars, which bring it into

harmony with Hodgson's types of E. australis : —

(i) It has a pre-anal spine.

(ii) It has a small rather blunt spine at the outer distal

corner of the first joint of the antennular peduncle.

(iii) It has a spine at the extremity of the outer margin

of the antennal scale.

(iv) The extremity of the pleural plate of the fifth segment

of the pleon is rounded rather than pointed.

E. Murrayi may reach 45 mm., but gradations of form

3

Schizopoda collected in the Antarctic Region.

between that size and 27 mm. are most obviously matters of

growth. The types of E. australis only differ from those

of E . Murrayi in being more or less badly damaged.

As between the actual condition of E. Murrayi and the

description and figures of E. superha (which are correct) the

differences are only two : E. superha has no lateral denticle

on the carapace, and has the lappet of the second joint of the

antennular peduncle less conspicuous than in E. Murrayi.

Dana^s types of E. superba are lost. Sars's type and

only specimen is a male with the copulatory apparatus of

the pleopods fully developed. The 4 Discovery * collection,

though fairly rich in the species, as we regard it, as a whole,

contains only a few which exactly correspond to E. superha ,

Sars, and they are fully adult males. Males with the

characters of E. Murrayi do not exceed 43 mm, and have

not the full development of the copulatory apparatus, and

we have no hesitation in regarding E. superha as the fully

developed male of the series. Nyctiphanes Couchi presents

an instance of the reduction in full-grown males of a process

of the second joint of the antennular peduncle which is

highly developed in younger males and is retained in that

condition in full-grown females (Holt and Tattersall, 1905).

In Nematoscelis microps ( teste Hansen, 1905) the lateral

denticle of the carapace is of merely sexual character, but as

it is only found in the adult female the condition is quite

different from that met with in E. superba.

Examination of the mouth-parts confirms the opinion we

have expressed of the identity of the species now united.

The collection contains numerous specimens from larvae

to adults, though fully adult males are rare. All were

taken outside the barrier ice, and as Mr. Hodgson seems to

have fished the waters below the ice very thoroughly, it may

be taken that E. superba is a creature of the open seas.

Euphausia Vallentini, Stebbing (1900).

Two specimens agreeing very well with Stebbing's de-

scription were taken on the wav out to the Antarctic,

lat. 56° 54' S., long. 170° 28' E.

None occur in gatherings made within the Antarctic Circle.

Euphausia crystallorophias, sp. n.

Form rather robust. Carapace with the anterior margin

produced into a very acute rostrum extending to about the

middle of the basal joints of the antennular peduncles;

1*

4

Messrs. E. W. L. Ilolt and W. M. Tattersall on

lateral margins with a single prominent denticle, just above

the insertion of the third thoracic limbs. Pleon without

dorsal ridges or spines, none of the pleural plates much pro-

duced; sixth segment about one and a half times as long as

the fifth. Eyes globose and rather large, greatest diameter

exceeding half the length of the sixth segment of the pleon ;

pigment black. Antennular peduncle with the basal joint

much the wider and as long as the second and third com-

bined, and set on its distal half with about twelve curved

setae on a ridge terminating at the outer distal corner in a

short stout spine more or less overhung and concealed by

the setae fringing the outer distal edge ; no lappet on any of

the joints. Antennal scale reaching to about the middle of

the third joint of the antennular peduncle, about three times

as long as broad ; outer margin terminating in a spine,

beyond which the apex is not produced. Telson about once

and a half as long as the sixth segment of the pleon ; apex

acutely pointed ; subapical spines extending for half their

length beyond the apex and set on their inner margins with

a lew very minute spines ; dorsal denticles usually in two

pairs, the first about halfway towards, the second at the base

of, the subapical spines. Uropods, inner reaching to about

the insertion of the subapical spines, outer very slightly

longer, with a prominent denticle at its outer extremity.

Length of the largest specimen 30 mm.

E. crystallorophias is chiefly distinguishable from E. splen-

dens, Sars, by its much longer and more acute rostrum. It

also lacks the lobe or lappet of the inner angle of the distal

dorsal margin of the first joint of the antennular peduncle,

present in Sars’s two types of E. splendens, but overlooked

in his descriptions and figures *.

Mr. Hodgson has favoured us with several thousand

specimens taken through holes cut in the ice. Not a single

specimen occurs in gatherings made in the open sea, and the

species appears to be, as we have endeavoured to indicate

in the specific name, exclusively a dweller beneath the roof

of ice.

Euphausia triacantha , sp. n.

Form moderately slender, slightly compressed. Carapace

with the anterior margin produced into a rather acute

rostrum nearly extending to the end of the basal joint of

* This lobe is quite conspicuous, whether in dorsal or lateral view, in

the fen: ale type. In the male, which is considerably smaller, the lobe

is less developed and not conspicuous in dorsal view.

Schizopoda collected in the Antarctic Region. 5

the antennular peduncle; lateral margins with a single

rather prominent denticle, posterior to the middle. Pleon

with the third, fourth, and fifth segments produced posteriorly

into rather long, slender, very acute, and slightly curved

median spines ; sixth segment nearly twice as long as the

fifth without the spine. Eyes (damaged in the specimen)

apparently rather small. Antennular peduncle with a some-

what recurved bifid lappet at the inner distal angle of the

extremity of the first joint ; second joint with a single pointed

lappet. Antennal scale broad, extending to the end of the

second joint of the antennular peduncle ; outer edge ter-

minating in a spine ; apex obtusely rounded. Preanal spine

small and simple. Telson with acutely produced and smooth

apex ; subapical spines smooth ; dorsal denticles in two

pairs, the first at about two thirds of the distance from base

to subapical spines, the second just above the spines. Uro-

pods subequal in length, extending to about the insertion of

the subapical spines.

Length of the single specimen 23 mm.

Locality. Lat. 66° 52' 9" S., long. 178° 8' 15" E.

Soundings 2030 fath.

Thysanoessa macrura , G. 0. Sars (1885).

Numerous specimens, of which the largest reach a length

of 28 mm., were taken both in the open sea and through

holes in the ice. While agreeing in all other respects with

Sars's description they almost all have elongate legs pro-

portionally much longer, the merus extending to about the

end of the antennular peduncle, instead of “ scarcely reaching

beyond the middle of antennal scale.” This difference is

not related to the size of the individuals, since it is equally

manifest in specimens of the same size as Sars*s types

(13 mm.) and in larger forms. Two specimens alone agree

in the proportional length of these legs with the types.

There is no other distinction and it seems to us probable

that the shorter-legged examples, including the type, have

at some period lost their elongate limbs, which have been

replaced, as is usual in the higher Decapoda, by smaller

members. We have figured (1905, pi. xv. fig. 2) a Thysa-

noessa in which one of the same legs is seen in an early

stage of regeneration. Stebbing's record of T. macrura

(1900) refers to a specimen in which the legs are longer

than in the type.

6 Messrs. E. W. L. Holt and W. M. Tattersall on

Earn. PetalophtlialmidsB *.

Genus Hansenomysis, Stebbing (1893).

Synon. Arctomysis, Hansen (1887), nec Czerniavsky (1883).

The type of the genus and of H. fyllae, the type species,

was a solitary specimen without eyes, and Hansen was

unable to decide whether these organs were naturally absent

or had been torn out. In the specimens referred below to

Hansenomysis the eye-apparatus is perfect and does not

look as if it could be very easily detached. Pending the

capture of further specimens of H. fyltce the generic import-

ance of the eyes remains doubtful.

Hansenomysis antarctica) sp. n."

Form slender, tapering considerably towards the posterior

end. Car aj ace submembranaceous, very short, leaving the

last two thoracic segments quite exposed and free ; produced

in front into a broadly rounded but rather strongly upturned

rostrum, antero-lateral corners broadly rounded and produced

almost as much as the rostrum ; a small median tooth is

present just behind the rostrum and a larger lateral tooth on

each side some little way behind the median tooth ; cervical

sulcus well marked. Segments of the pleon cylindrical ;

postero-inferior comers not at all produced ; first segment

arcuate in dorsal contour, its anterior margin raised slightly

above the level of that of the last thoracic segment, its

posterior margin broadly produced so as to partly cover the

second segment ; sixth segment not quite twice as long as

the fifth. Eyes united together, forming a flattened pad,

the anterior end of which is produced in front of the carapace

into two short, thin, subtriangular, slightly diverging lappets

not extending to the middle of the basal joint of the anten-

nular peduncle. Antennular peduncle short, extending rather

more than halfway along the antennal scale, the three joints

subequal in length and rather broad ; second and third joints

with their inner margins densely armed with setae ; basal

joint with a single seta on its inner distal corner, and a more

or less continuous submarginal row of setae across the dorsal

region ; below and slightly external to the eye-lappets is a

slight semicircular ridge, marked by pigment, apparently

* We have defined this family in ‘Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest./

1904, v., now in the press. It comprises the genera Pe/atophthahms,

Hansenomysis , Scoloph thalmus, and Ceratojnysis.

7

Schizopoda collected in the Antarctic Region .

bounding a membranous area which is overhung by a mem-

branous flap apparently rising from its posterior border.

Antennal peduncle longer than the antennular, and almost

as long as the antennal scale, slender, distal joint shorter

than the preceding. Antennal scale lanceolate in shape,

about three and a half times as long as broad, tip evenly

rounded, the whole of the inner margin and distal third of

the outer margin setose ; proximal two thirds of the outer

margin without setse, but bearing eleven strong spines, the

first spine at about the end of the proximal quarter of the

outer margin, the spines increasing in size distally. Mouth-

parts agreeing in all particulars with those of H. fyllce. First

thoracic limb very much like that of II. fyllce , without exopod

but with a well-developed epipod, no inner meral lobe,

seventh joint of endopod with four strong and rather long

spines, sixth joint with two, fifth joint with three, and fourth

joint with six short spines on their inner margins.

Remaining thoracic limbs agreeing in their main points with

those of H. fyllce, all with rather slender endopods and well-

developed exopods. Marsupial pouch of female composed

of seven pairs of incubatory lamellae. Pleopods of the

female all uniramous, the rami of the first four pairs uni-

articulate, those of the fifth pair biarticulate ; pleopods

increase in size posteriorly, the fifth and longest pair

reaching to the base of the telson. Telson longer and a little

wdder than the last segment of the pleon, almost oblong in

shape, sides slightly arcuate; apex wider than the base,

truncate or very slightly emarginate, with a median small

spine and about six or seven long spines on each side ; lateral

margins armed with about twenty-five fairly long spines

arranged more or less in series of three. Outer uropod

nearly twice as long as the last segment of the pleon, two-

jointed, terminal joint about one seventh as long as the basal ;

outer margin of the basal joint without setae, but armed with

twenty-one stout spines.

Length of adult female 20 mm.

Locality. Off Coulman, 100 fath., two females.

Apart from the eye-apparatus, which may possibly be

entirely absent in H. fyllce, the latter differs from H. antarctica

chiefly in the characters of the antennal scale and outer

uropods, and of so much of the telson as remains in Hansen's

specimen. The peculiar structure which we have noted on

the basal joint of the antennular peduncle in H . antarctica

may prove to be an auditory organ.

8 Messrs. E. W. L. Holt and W. M. Tattersall on

Fam. Mysidae.

Genus Pseudomma, G. O. Sars.

Pseudomma Belgicce, Hansen (MS.).

Form as usual in the genus. Carapace with the cervical

sulcus well marked, evenly rounded in front, emarginate

behind so as to expose the last thoracic segment. Pleon

longer than the carapace, first five segments subequal in

length, sixth about twice as long as the fifth. Eye-plates

contiguous, slightly cleft in the median line, subquadrangu-

lar in shape, extending not quite to the end of the basal

joint of the antennule, margins quite smooth, without teeth

or armature of any kind. Antennal scale about three and a

half times as long as broad, its apex extending very slightly

beyond the terminal spine of the outer margin. Mouth-parts

and thoracic limbs not differing in any salient point from those

of P. roseum. Telson slightly shorter than the last segment

of the pleon; apex evenly rounded, armed with four pairs of

smooth spines, the inner pair about one sixth of the length

of the telson, median setae present ; lateral margins armed

along their distal halves with about five spines. Inner

uropod about half as long again as the telson. Outer uropod

about twice the length of the telson.

Length of an adult female 23 mm.*

Locality . Lat. 78° 25' 40" S., long. 165° 39' 6" E., one

specimen.

This species is very closely allied to P. Sarsi described by

Will.-Suhm from Kerguelen f . It differs, however, in two

points : (i.) in having the eye-plates quite smooth, whereas

in P. Sarsi they are toothed at their antero-lateral corners ;

(ii.) in having only four pairs of spines at the apex of the

telson, which is more evenly rounded than in P. Sarsi.

P. Belgicce is, moreover, much larger than P. Sarsi , the type

of which, a female with ovigerous lamellae well developed,

measures only 14 mm. Minor differences in the shape of

the antennal scale may also be noticed.

Genus Dactylamblyops, nov.

Characters generally as in Amblyops} G. O. Sars, except : —

Eyes more or less pyriform in shape, not flattened, placed

* Dr. Hansen has shown us larger specimens.

t See G. 0. Sars, “ Voyage H.M.S. ‘ Challenger ’ : Report on Schizo-

poda,” Zool. vol. xiii.

Schizopoda collected in the Antarctic Region.

9

close together but not contiguous, bearing on the inner dorsal

face a short digitate process ; visual elements imperfectly

developed.

Telson without median setae.

Second thoracic limbs with the endopods well developed

and considerably longer than the endopods of the first limbs.

Type species, D. Hodgsoni.

As far as can be judged from Ohlin's description and

figures of Amblyops Sarsi (Ohlin, 1901), that species should

also be included in Dactylamblyops.

Dactylamblyops Hodgsoni, sp. n.

Form as usual in the genus Amblyops. Carapace sub-

membranaceous, covering all the thoracic segments except the

last ; cervical sulcus well marked ; evenly rounded in front

and at the antero-lateral corners. Eyes rather small, placed

close together in the median line, but not in any way con-

tiguous; pyriform in shape, front end evenly rounded;

a short digitate process arising from the inner dorsal face ;

visual elements imperfectly developed, apparently represented

by minute granular bodies having a refractive centre. Pleon

with the first five segments subequal in length, the sixth

nearly twice as long as the fifth. Antennules, antennae, and

scale missing in the specimen. Mandibles and maxilla not

exhibiting any salient points of difference from those of

Amblyops abbreviata. First thoracic limb with endopod of

the same size and general structure as in A. abbreviata.

Second thoracic limb with endopod slender and about twice

as long as that of the first. Fleopods in the male agreeing

essentially with those of the males of the genus Amblyops.

Telson not quite as long as the last segment of the pleon,

triangular in shape, tapering evenly to a narrowly rounded

apex and about twice as long as it is broad at its base; the

distal half of each lateral margin bearing about nineteen

spines gradually increasing in length towards the apex ;

terminal spines about one tenth of the total length of the

telson ; median setae absent. Uropods broken in the specimen.

Length of the single specimen, a male, 13 mm.

Locality. Lat. 66° 52' 9" S., long. 178° 8' 15" W., 2030

fath.

This species may be distinguished from its nearest ally and

probable congener, Amblyops Sarsi, Ohlin, by the eye, which

in the latter appears to be sharply pointed in front ; and by

the telson, which Ohlin describes in A. Sarsi as having the

distal half of the lateral margins fringed with short setae.

10 Messrs. E. W. L. Holt and W. M. Tattersall on

Genus Mystdetes, Holt and Tattersall.

Mysidetes, of which we give a full diagnosis in a paper

now in the press*, differs chiefly from Mysideis , G. O. Sars,

in having the pleopods rudimentary in both sexes. The

telson is cleft, the cleft armed with spines, and the inner

uropod has a row of spines from the otocyst almost to the

extremity. The antennal scale is setose on both margins.

The first and third thoracic limbs have endopods of the usual

type and serve respectively to distinguish the genus from

Heteromysis and Mysidella , which resemble it in the other

characters mentioned above.

Mysidetes posthon, sp. n.

Form robust. Carapace produced in front, with a short

and very obtuse rostrum ; emarginate behind, leaving the

last thoracic segment exposed. Pleon with the first five

segments subequal in length, sixth segment barely once and

a half as long as the fifth. Eyes large, globose; pigment

brown. Antennular peduncle with the outer distal corner of

the basal joint produced into a long narrow process, which

extends beyond the distal extremity of the second joint.

Antennal scale lanceolate in shape, setose all round, about

four times as long as broad. Antennal peduncle very little

more than half of the length of the scale, third joint shorter

than the second. Mouth-parts in all respects as in Mysideis.

First and second thoracic limbs with the endopods substanti-

ally as in Mysidopsis. Remaining thoracic limbs having the

tarsus of the endopod composed of six to eight joints ; the

endopods of the last pair much more slender than in the

preceding pairs. Male genital process very long and narrow.

Pleopods of both sexes rudimentary, consisting of a single

short ramus bearing at its base a short external lateral process

tipped with seta}. Telson about as long as or a little longer

than the sixth segment of the pleon and about twice and a

quarter as long as wide at base ; tapering gradually to the

apex, in which is a cleft equal in depth to nearly one fourth

and in greatest width to about one seventh of the total length

of the telson ; cleft armed with about eighteen teeth on each

side ; apex of the telson with a pair of spines on each side of

the cleft, the outer being the longer; lateral margins armed

throughout with about seventy spines, which become

arranged in series towards the apex. Inner uropods with

about twenty-six spines from the otocyst to the last fourth

* i Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest./ 1904, v.

11

Schizopoda collected in the Antarctic Region.

of the total length of the uropod. Outer uropods about half

as long again as the inner.

Length 25 mm.

Locality. Four specimens from holes in the ice at winter-

quarters. One from 100 fathoms, off Coulman.

Mysis maximay Hansen (MS.).

The f Discovery ’ collection contains two Mysids, taken at

lat. 7 8° 25' 40" S., long. 165° 39' 6" E., of which the

largest is an immature male measuring 40 mm. In general

these individuals agree, except in size, rather closely with the

northern Mysis mixta, lately transferred by Norman (1902)

to the new genus Michtheimysis. The pleopods of the

male, however, though imperfectly developed, present a sharp

distinction, in that the last pair are biramous ; but do not as

yet offer evidence of distinction in the adult from Hemimysis ,

while the mouth-parts differ in no important respect from

those of Mysis , sensu stricto, and its immediate allies.

On visiting Dr. Hansen one of us found that he had already

diagnosed the specific characters of this form, of which he

possesses an abundant material, and some specimens which

he was kind enough to lend us show that the adult is distinct

from any of the genera recognized by Norman.

As we cannot from * Discovery * material give an adequate

account of the species in the adult form nor assign it to a

properly diagnosed genus, we leave these tasks in the very

capable hands of Hansen.

List of Authorities quoted.

Czerniavsky, 1883. — ‘ Monographia Mysidarum Imperii Rossici.’

Fasc. 3.

Dana, 1852. — U.S.A. Exploring Exped., xiv. Crustacea.

Hansen, 1887. — “ Malacostraca marina Groenlandise occidentals, ” Vid.

Medd. Naturh. Foren. Kjob.

Hansen, 1905. — “ Preliminary Report on the Schizopoda of the 1 Prin-

cess Alice ’ for 1904,” Bull. Mus. Ocean. Monaco, no. 30.

Hodgson, 1902. — Report Biol. Collect, of the * Southern Cross.’

London.

Holt and Tattersall, 1905. — Report of the Sea and Inland Fisheries

Ireland, 1902-3 : Pt. II. Scientific Investigations, Appendix no. iv.

Norman, 1902. — “ Notes on the Natural History of East Finmark ”

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. x.

Ohlin, 1901. — “ Arctic Crustacea,” Bihang Kongl. Sven. Vet -Akad

Handl., Bd. 27, Afd. iv.

Sars, 1885. — Voyage PI.M.S. 1 Challenger.’ Report on Schizopoda.

Zool. vol. xiii.

Stebbing, 1893. — History of Crustacea. Schizopoda, pp. 256-278.

Stebbing, 1900. — “Crustacea from the Falkland Islands,” Proc. Zool.

Soc., London.

12

Mr. A. W. Waters on Bryozoa from

II. — Bryozoa from Chatham Island and dyUrville Island ,

New Zealand, collected by Professor H. Schavinsland. By

Arthur Wm. Waters, F.L.S.

[Plate I.]

This collection made by Professor Schauinsland is only

small, but now that much attention is being paid to Antarctic

and Subantarctic biological distribution it is interesting to

have our knowledge somewhat extended to the east.

A species considered new and called Lepralia clivosa has

furnished some interesting points in regard to its growth,

and there is a Plumatella closely allied to common European

species, in which, however, the statoblasts arc larger than

any previously recorded.

List of Species.

Altea recta , Ilincks. D'Urville Island, New Zealand. Page 12.

Membranipora hians , Hincks. Chatham Island. Page 13.

pilosa , var. flagellum, MacG. Chatham Island. Page 14.

trifolium, form minor, Hincks. Chatham Island. Page 14.

JBeania magellanica (Busk). D’Urville Island. Page 14.

bilaminata (Hincks). D’Urville Island. Page 15.

intermedia (Hincks). Chatham Island. Page 15.

Hiantopora monoceros (Busk). Chatham Island. Page 16.

Microporella Malusii (Aud.). Chatham Island. Page 17.

ciliata , L. Chatham Island. Page 17.

Lepralia clivosa , sp. n. Chatham Island. Page 17.

Hippothoa hyalina (L.). Chatham Island. Page 19.

Smittia maung anuiensis, sp. n. Chatham Island. Page 19.

prcestans (Hincks). Chatham Island. Page 20.

longirostris (Jullien). Chatham Island. Page 20.

iJiastopora sp. Chatham Island. Page 21.

Plumatella princeps, Kraepelin. Chatham Island. Page 21.

JEtea recta, Hincks. (PI. I. fig. 13.)

JEtea recta, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. ix. p. 291,

pi. vii. fig. 3, and synonyms Miss Jelly’s Catalogue ; and add :

JEtea anguina, form recta , Waters, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxvi.

p. 5, pi. i. figs. 1-5.

This is in most particulars very similar to JE. anguina, L.,

but whether it is called a species or form is a matter of no

importance.

The upper part of the oral tube of this and other species

has been incorrectly described as punctate or ^muctulate,

whereas the dotted structure is caused by small protuber-

ances, as can be well seen at the border, and also where the

Chatham Island and d’Urville Island.

13

ringed structure ceases. The last few rings are broken up,

in the lower ones into long ridges, but at each succeeding

ring into shorter ones, so that for a short distance the line

of rings can be distinctly traced, though ultimately the dots

seem to be irregularly placed.

The genus JEtea requires elucidation on living or well-

preserved specimens, as it has often been imperfectly under-

stood. Busk, Hincks, and other authors have supposed that

the polypide lived only in the oral tube, and regarded the

zooecium as merely a part of the stolon. Smitt figured the

growth correctly, and I referred to the position of the

zooecium and gave a figure in my paper on the Bryozoa of

Naples*; and Jullien, overlooking what had been written,

again called, attention to the mistake made by so many

authors. In many cases there seems to be but little room

for the polypide in the zooecium, so that then it may be

seldom or never entirely withdrawn, though in the specimen

figured by me from Naples the zooecial chamber is very

large and the polypide has ample room. However, other

specimens have convinced me that, although RE. recta occurs

from Naples, the one I figured is a new species which it is

proposed to call IE. lepadiformis , as the appendages, which

are usually on very short ringed stalks, are somewhat similar

in shape to the head of Lepas.

Rah. Arctic; Europe; Madeira; Australia; New Zealand;

French Pass, d^Urville Island, New Zealand.

Membranipora hians} Hincks. (PI. I. fig. 12.)

Memhranipora Mans , Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xv.

p. 248, pi. vii. tig. 5; Waters, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxvi.

p. G87.

Membranipora cyclops, Busk, Cat. Mar. Polyzoa, p. 61, pi. lxv. fig. 3,

Zoarium unilaminate ; area large, nearly round ; a broad

calcareous wall between the zocecia, the wall is more or less

flat on the top, and upon it there are small triangular

avicularia, which, although often appearing to be irregularly

placed, are really below the area ; usually two avicularia,

but sometimes only one.

The operculum projecting beyond the ridge is charac-

teristic and has been figured by me ( loc . cit. fig. 16, pi. xlviii.).

The specimen now described and figured is from the

matuier part of the colony, and we do not often find so solid

a calcareous growth between the zooecia; but Hincks* s

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. iii. p. 114, pi. xv. fig. 7.

14 Mr. A. W. Waters on Bryozoa from

description of “ margin thin” only relates to the younger

zooecia.

There are about 16 tentacles.

Hab. New Zealand ( Hincks ) ; Dunedin ( Hamilton ) ; Red

Bluff, Chatham Island.

Membranipora pilosa, L., var .flagellum, MacG.

This differs from specimens from Victoria in having the

central spine below the area much shorter, being usually

shorter than the length of the area. The zoarium is growing

on the stalk of a seaweed, and in parts it is seen to be in

regularly transverse series, hut in other parts the zooecia are

in irregular quincunx; however, this is probably caused by

the shape of the stalk upon which it is growing. There

is on each side a stout marginal spine near the upper end of

the margin, and also near the base of the margin a small

spine, which is often absent, in this respect corresponding

with specimens from Victoria sent over by MacGillivray.

The “ deep arched vault ” above the area is large and con-

spicuous, as described by MacGillivray ; but this is also very

marked in a specimen of M. pilosa, L., from Norway. The

central spine is sometimes, but not always, to one side, and

I do not attach as much importance to this as MacGillivray

did.

Hab. Victoria; Maunganui, Chatham Island.

Membranipora trifolium, form minor, Hincks.

Membranipora trifolium , form minor , Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist,

ser. 5, vol. vi. p. 87, pi. xi. fig. 6 ; op. cit. ser. 5, vol. xv. p. 255,

pi. viii. fig. 7.

From Maunganui, Chatham Island, there is a small

fragment which seems to be the variety described by Hincks

as occurring from Bahia and Tahiti.

Beania magellanica (Busk). (PI. I. fig. 22.)

For synonyms, see my memoir on the u Bryozoa,” Exped. Antarct. Beige,

p. 28, pi. viii. figs. 7 a-c, and since then Calvet, in “ Bryozoen,”

Hamburger Magal. Sammelreise, p. 8, has given some fresh localities

from the Straits of Magellan, Tierra del Fuego, and Falkland Islands.

In the d'Urville- Island specimens there are 28 tentacles.

The zooecia are much nearer together than in most specimens

of B. magellanica, forming a close mat, both' the zooecia and

avicularia being larger than is usual. The four projections

on the distal end are very small and the stout radicle starts

from close up to the distal end.

Hab. French Pass, d'Urville Island, New Zealand.

Chatham Island and d^Urville Island.

15

Beania bilaminata (Hincks). (PI. I. figs. 19-21.)

Diachoris bilaminata , Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vii.

p. 157, pi. viii. figs. 7, 7 a.

Flustra papyracea , Hutton, Cat. New Zeal. Mollusca, p. 187 ( fide

Jelly).

The colonies commence with a nnilaminate growth,

covering stalks of seaweed, often growing for a considerable

distance attached, then they become free, usually bilaminate,

but sometimes portions are unilaminate. The free portion

is frondose. The zooecia are slightly free at the ends, and

the long thick radicles from the other layer frequently appear

between the zooecia, for the only attachment of the two

layers is by means of the radicles, so that it is not bilami-

nate in the same sense as Flustra and many other Bryozoa.

The lateral connexions are through a round disk without

connecting-tubes.

The avicularia and mandibles are smaller than those of

B. magellanica , B., from d'Urville Island, and in no case

have I found two avicularia to the same zooecium, nor are

the avicularia ever abundant. I have already * called

attention to the double columella which occurs in this species

as well as in B. magellanica, Busk, and B. erecta , Waters.

The avicularium is placed rather higher than shown in

Hincks' s figure, which was from a dried specimen. At each

side of the oral aperture there is a spinous process and at the

distal end there is often a small notched process, but this is

at a low er level than the border of the zooecium and is not

always seen.

There are 27-28 tentacles.

Hab. New Zealand (H.) ; Napier and Wanganui [Hamilton

Waters) ; French Pass, d'Urville Island, New Zealand.

Beania intermedia (Hincks). (PI. I. figs. 16-18.)

Diachoris intermedia , Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. viii.

p. 74, pi. v. fig. 8.

Beania intermedia , MacG. Prod. Zool. Viet. dec. xx. p. 346, pi. cxcv.

fig. 3.

The zoarium is uniserial, creeping over the stalks of sea-

weeds. There is a connecting-tube to each zooecium distally

and proximally, but only one tube on each side, and these

tubes are always formed even when there is no lateral growth.

This has not been shown in previous figures, which have

* “ On the Use of the Avicularian Mandible in the Determination of

the Cheilostomatous Bryozoa,” Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. ser. 2, vol. v. p. 3 ;

Exped. Antarct. Beige, Bryozoa, pp. 29, 30.

16

Mr. A. W. Waters on Bryozoa from

been from dried specimens. The radicle is small, occurring

about the middle of the zooecium.

Most Beanies have six tubular connexions, whereas this

has only four, and in some respects recalls the growth of

Paludicella.

There are 20 tentacles.

Hab. Tasmania ( Hincks ) ; Port Phillip Heads ( MacG .) ;

Napier and Wellington [Hamilton) ; Maunganui, Chatham

Island.

Hiantopora monoceros (Busk). (PI. I. fig. 11.)

For synonyms, see Miss Jelly’s Catalogue, and Waters, Exped. Ant.

Beige, Bryozoa, p. 42.

Cribrilina monoceros , Calvet, Bryozoen, Hamb. Magal. Sammelreise,

p. 1G.

The protecting calcareous wall on the front is formed by

irregular large calcareous processes arising from the margins

of the zooecium, and these meet, leaving the large round

pores open. The proximal margin of the oral aperture is

not always formed first, as stated by Hincks, but may be

closed in last, as seen in the left-hand zooecium (fig. 11, a),

though in any case this margin is formed by a growth from

the two sides coalescing.

In most incrusting forms, such as Lepralia, Schizoporella ,

Smittia , &c., there is a membrane over the whole of the

front, and in this the calcareous wall grows regularly, leaving a

suboral free space, which gradually becomes smaller, through

the formation of calcareous deposit.- As is well known, the

basal and lateral walls are formed first, and it is only later that

the zooecia are separated off by the proximal walls. Norman *

has given some interesting details concerning the growth of

the front wall in Cribrilina , and it is a subject inviting

further study. In C. Balzaci , Aud., and C. radiata , Moll.,

the growth takes place regularly from the side, leaving an

oval space free.

There are 17 tentacles.

In some Chatham- Island specimens there are usually

three large pores, whereas H. monoceros usually has several,

though, as they correspond in other respects, I have not

separated it from monoceros. There is little doubt that this

is the Hiantopora Liversidgei of MacGillivray The figure

* 11 Notes on the Natural History of East Finmark,” Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Ilist. ser. 7, vol. xii. p. 101.

t “ Monograph of the Tertiary Polyzoa of Victoria,” p. 62, pi. ix.

figs. 21, 22, Trans. Roy. Sue. Viet. vol. iv.

Chatham Island and d'Urville Island.

17

of Eschar a Liver sidgei of Tenison-Woods is so poor that we

cannot now be sure what he described. MacGrillivray has

made a slip in uniting my Microporella ferrea with H. Liver-

sidgei, as my species was Diporala as we now understand it.

Perhaps we shall have to consider Liversidgei as a variety of

monoceros.

From the “ Chatham Island, Jan. 1897,” there are

specimens with only the three large pores and some with

many pores, and in these the zooecia are somewhat smaller.

In both there are large avicularia with obtuse triangular

avicularia. The avicularian chamber is about as large as a

zooecium. The specimen from Maunganui, Chatham Island,

has three to five large pores. In neither do I find any

ovicells, but the large articulated spine is at the side of the

mouth within the peristome, as is usual in H. monoceros.

Microporella Malusii (Aud.).

A specimen from Maunganui, Chatham Island, has much

smaller pores than are usual in M. Malusii, Aud., and they

are not completely stellate, though there are some denticles,

indicating a commencement of the stellate structure. The

pores are usually in a single row near the margin of the

zooecium, and there is a row under the oral aperture. In

some respects this approaches to M. parvipora, Waters.

From French Pass, d^Urville Island, New Zealand, the

pores are larger, with indications of stellate structure, and

there is a line forming an area within which the stellate

pores occur much the same as in the specimen from Chili

figured in my “Bryozoa,” Exped. Antarct. Beige, p. 42,

pi. iii. figs. 4<a-d. Since then Calvet has added several

Magellan and Tierra del Fuego localities.

Microporella ciliata, L.

Hub. Maunganui, Chatham Island.

Lepralia clivosa , sp. n. (PL I. figs. 1-7.)

Zoarium adnate on stone. Zooecia quincuncially arranged,

subhexagonal ; in the older zooecia the divisions are indistinct ;

the front of the zooecium is much raised, with a very thick,

tall, calcareous process, and up to these there are indistinct

ribs with a pore between them near the border, while in the

younger zooecia there are pores at the border. The oral

aperture is very large, nearly circular, with large semicircular

avicularium within the aperture, and scattered over the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvii. 2

18

Mr. A. W. Waters on Bryozoa from

surface there are fairly large avicularia with semicircular or

spatulate mandibles. The mound over the middle of the

zooecium contains the avicularian chambers. There are oral

as well as avicularian glands and 13 tentacles. The ovicell

is depressed, usually umbonate. The appearance is very

similar to that of Lepralia margaritifera, Q. & G., but in that

species the umbo is an avicularian chamber opening forwards,

whereas in L. clivosa there is an avicularium within the

aperture. The ovicell is much raised in L. margaritifera

and has not a marked umbo like that of clivosa. Sections

of the growing end show several interesting points. At the

distal end of the young zooecia there is a dark cellular

structure bounded by a row of transparent cells, showing in

some cases a nucleus at the base. From this arise outgrowths

also surrounded by similar transparent cells (fig. 5), and

in several cases one or two such outgrowths are seen near

the corner of the distal wall, but in one case (fig. 6) there

are three outgrowths. At the position of these outgrowths

the rosette-plates will be formed, but as yet it is too early to

speak of rosette-plates. These outgrowths as they increase

coalesce, and thus the basal wall of the next zooecium is

formed. At the lateral walls similar but more numerous

outgrowths are formed, which also coalesce. As I have in

previous papers indicated, we must compare this with the

growth in Beania and other species connected by tubes ; and

as explaining this I again refer to an exact drawing of a

specimen of Beania magellanica , Busk (“ On the Bryozoa of

the Bay of Naples,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. iii.

pi. xii. fig. 1, 1879). There is, however, an important

difference, for in L. clivosa the calcareous * basal wall and

the lateral walls are formed before this new growth from the

zooecial chamber commences ; and this may be taken as

typical of the zooecial growth of a large section of the

Bryozoa.

Even in zooecia in which there is still this growing tissue

there are ovaria touching this tissue and thus showing at

what a very early stage the ovaria commence to grow. In

Smitlia prcestans , Hincks, ovaria also are found near the

growing end of the young zooecia.

The oral glands show little or no lumen (fig. 4) in the

sections cut. In various species oral glands have only been

seen with small cells on the inner wall, in others they

contain a considerable mass of homogeneous matter, so that

* Compare Nitsche, “ Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Bryozoen,” Zeitsch.

fur wissensch. Zool. vol. xxi. pi. i. fig. 5.

Chatham Island and d ’ Urville Island.

19

the oral glands may appear very different in various species

and under various conditions. It is as yet not always

possible to decide what differences are of specific value.

In L. clivosa the avicularian glands are filled with a

homogeneous mass.

Both this and L. margaritifera, Q. & G., will ultimately

have to be removed from Lepralia.

Hah. Chatham Island, Jan. 1897.

Hippothoa hyalina (L.).

This cosmopolitan species occurs from Maunganui,

Chatham Island. The shell is calcareous, and there are

12 tentacles.

Smittia maunganuiensis , sp. n. (PI. I. figs. 8-10.)

Zoarium unilaminate or adnate. One piece forms a cup

half an inch across, with the zooecia opening on the inside of

the cup. The zooecia are indistinct, fairly flat, with large

pits over the whole surface, and in the younger zooecia there

is below the oral aperture a large semicircular avicularium

on a raised prominence granulated immediately below the

avicularian chamber ; in older specimens the avicularium is

within the oral aperture. The lyrula occurring deep down

in the aperture is not readily seen and might easily be over-

looked. The ovicell is much raised, elongate, with large

pores on the front, but only in the central part, and in the

older ovicells there is an area formed by a thickening of the

sides.

This is somewhat like Porella formosa *, MacG ., but differs

in having the zooecial pits over the whole surface, and

MacGillivray says there is no internal denticle.

S. maunganuiensis also occurs foliaceous from Wanganui,

New Zealand, being in two layers in my specimen ; but the

two layers are only adherent in places, so that it should

perhaps be called Hemescharan growth. There are two

distal rosette-plates in the angle near the basal wall and

about 17 tentacles.

Hah. Maunganui, Chatham Island, and Wanganui, New

Zealand.

* “ New or Little-known Polyzoa : pt. xi./’ Trans. Roy. Soc. Viet,

vol. xxii. p. 5, pi. ii. fig. 6 (1886J.

20

Mr. A. W. Waters on Bryozoa from

Smittia prcestans (Hincks).

Mucronella prcestans, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5) vol. x.

p. 99, pi. vii. fig. 1 (1882) ; Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.

vol. xliii. p. 56; MacG. Tert. Polyzoa Viet. p. 98, pi. xiii. fig. 6.

Mucronella duplicata , Waters, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxvii.

p. 328, pi. xvi. figs. 4, 5 ; op. cit. vol. xxxviii. p. 266.

Lepralia angela, Hutton, Manual of New Zealand Mollusca, p. 191.

There are 15-16 tentacles, and ovaria very near tlie

growing ends.

In the Chatham-Island specimen the peristome does not

project so much as in specimens from New Zealand, and in

some respects approaches the variety which I described and

figured from Green Point, Sydney*.

Hab. New Zealand, Napier and Wanganui [Hamilton) ;

Maunganui, Chatham Island.

Fossil : Victoria, South Australia, Gippsland, New Zealand.

Smittia longirostris (Jullien). (PI. I. fig. 23.)

Exochella longirostris, Jullien, Mission Scient. du Cap Horn, p. 55,

pi. iii. figs. 1-4, pi. ix. fig. 2 ; Calvet, Ilamb. Magal. Sammelreise,

p. 29.

The specimens from Maunganui, Chatham Island, are

slightly more strongly calcified than Jullien’s specimens or

any others of this group which I have seen, and the mucro is

well developed, spreading out at the extremity in small

mammillations. From this mucro the lyrula is directed

inwards, frequently joining with the cardella so as to form a

pore on each side.

In the Smittia tricuspis, Hincks, a tube is sometimes

formed on each side of the lyrula by the junction of the

lyrula with the cardellse; and this I have described in recent

specimens from Port Phillip (“ Bry. from New Zealand,”

Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xliii. p. 59), and when the

peristome is somewhat w orn then the appearance is as figured

for my fossil Mucronella tricuspis , var. waipukerensis [loc. cit.

p. 57).

In Mucronella munita, MacG., from Australia, the zooecia

are areolated round the margin and the surface is moderately

calcified, w hile in M. tricuspis, from Australia, the front is

hyaline and the pores round the margin are not seen, though

in both these last the peristome is raised as a neck and there

are pore-chambers.

It would seem best to speak of Smittia tricuspis, var.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. iv. p. 17, pi. iii. figs. 9-11.

Chatham Island and d1 Urville Island.

21

typica ; var. munita ; var. longirostris ; but whether they are

called species or varieties is not a matter of great importance.

However, in all the character of the aperture and peristome

shows considerable variation, so that there is no great break

between the varieties.

In the Chatham-lsland specimen there are 13 tentacles.

Hah . Maunganui, Chatham Island. The group occurs

from Australia, New Zealand, S. Africa, Kerguelen, Pata-

gonia, Japan.

Diastopora sp.

In a specimen from Maunganui, Chatham Island, the

aperture of the zooecia is 0T1-0T2 mm., which is about

double the size of that of D. concinna, MacG., from Cape

Horn, and is larger than that of D. latomarginata , d’Orb.,

from Naples.

. There are no ovicells and I do not see any closures. The

zooecia are free for a long distance, but the semiradiate

character of D. latomarginata is wanting. Without ovicells

the determination is uncertain, but it is much like

D. latomarginata.

Plumatella princeps, Kraepelin. (PI. I. figs. 14, 15.)

PlumateUa princeps , Kraepelin, Die deutsclien Siisswasserbryozoen,

p. 119 (1887).

The zoarium covering a piece of wood forms a pretty solid

mat about 4 mm. thick, resembling P. cesspit osa in appear-

ance. Usually the branches dichotomize, but a few grow at

right angles. At the growing end the zooecia are trans-

parent, so that looked upon from above' the zoarium has a

hyaline appearance, while lower down the cuticula is thick

and dark brown ; but this dark cuticula is only a continuation

of the transparent hyaline ectocyst. The zooecia are about

0*8 mm. wide.

The statoblasts are very large, some measuring as much as

070 mm. x 0*35 mm., namely, in the proportion 1 : 2, and

this is larger than any statoblasts mentioned in Kraepelin’s

tables or elsewhere, so far as I am aware. However, I have

some Plumatella repens , L., from the Davos Lake, Switzer-

land, and from the Laret Lake near Davos which have larger

statoblasts than are mentioned by Kraepelin. A few stato-

blasts from Chatham Island without the swim-ring (annulus)

measured 0'44 mm. x 0'26 mm., namely, in the proportion

of 1 : 1*7. Whether these are merely partly developed

statoblasts or winter statoblasts is not quite clear.

22 Bryozoa from Chatham Island and d'Urville Island.

There seem to be usually 42 tentacles, though as many as

60 have been counted in a section ; but this probably arose

from some being folded inwards, and thus being twice cut

through.

This seems to be nearest to the variety muscosa of P.prin-

ceps, Kraepelin, but I find it very difficult to see upon what

satisfactory grounds P. princeps and P. polymorpha, Kr., are

separated. Kraepelin, Braem, and other authorities have

largely reduced the synonymy of the species, but Braem

considers that Kraepelin went too far in the reductions he

made. MacGillivray has described* P. Aplini from Victoria,

Australia, but it is impossible to say whether that should be

considered as the present variety of P. princeps.

Hab . Lake Huro, Chatham Island.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig. 1. Lepralia clivosn, sp. n., X 25. From Chatham Llaud, Jan. 1897.*

Fig. 2. Ditto. Mandible, X 250. a x 85.

Fig. 3. Ditto. Section through the suboral avicularian chamber,

showing the avicularian glands. X 150.

Fig. 4. Ditto. Section through the oral gland. X 320.

Fig. 5. Ditto. Growing end of two terminal zooecia, showing new

growth from each, which will be divided off by rosette-

plates. X 85.

pig. 6. Ditto. Growing end of terminal zooecia, showing growth from

three centres, x 85.

Fig. 7. Ditto. Growing end with outgrowth. X 320.

Fig. 8. Smittici maung anuiensis, sp. n., X 25. From Maunganui,

Chatham Island.

Fig. 9. Ditto. Mandible, X 250.

Fig. 10. Ditto. Operculum, x 85.

Fig. 11. Hiantopora monoceros (Busk), X 25. Growing ends, showing

the calcareous projections arising from the side, thus forming

pores. In the left-hand zocecium (a) the lower calcareous

wall below the oral aperture is not complete. Above the

zooecia (distallv) the basal and lateral walls are found before

there is any other sign of growth, and in the division thus

formed above the right-hand zocecium the calcareous front

wall is commencing and has made a semicircular growth.

Between the zooecia a and b there was another, but this

has been omitted. The specimen figured is probably from

Australia.

Fig. 12. Membranipora /nans, Hincks, X 25. From Red Bluff

Chatham Island.

Fig. 13. Aitea recta , Hincks, X 250. Showing junction of ringed and

dotted portion of the oral tube. From French Pass,

D’Urville Island, New Zealand.

* MacGillivray, P. IT., 11 Description of a new Species of Plumatellaf

Trans. Roy. Soc. Viet. vol. v. pp. 203-204 (1860).

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 7.Vol.XVII.PL.I.

AM. Waters del .

A .T.Hollick llt£ . We st,liTe wman inrp .

Chatham Island. Bryozoa.

Of 1H

UW1YER3ITY ot ILLINOIS

23

Descriptions and Records of Bees.

Fig. 14. Plumatella princeps, Kraep. Statoblast, X 25. From Lake

Huro, Chatham Island.

Fig. 15. Ditto. Statoblast without swim-ring, X 25.

Fig. 16. Beania intermedia (Hincks),. X 85. From Maunganui, Chatham

Island.

Fig. 17. Ditto. X 25.

Fig. 18. Ditto. Mandibles, X 250. a X 85.

Fig. 19. Beania bilaminata (Hincks). Operculum, X 85. D’Urville

Island, New Zealand.

Fig. 20. Ditto. Mandible, X 85.

Fig. 21. Ditto. Zooecium, X 25.

Fig. 22. Beania magellanica (Busk). Mandible, X 85. From d’Urville-

Island, New Zealand.

Fig. 23. Smittia longirostris (Jull.). Aperture, with rostrum below,

X 85. From Maunganui, Chatham Island*.

II[. — Descriptions and Records of Bees. — YII.

By T. D. A. Cockerell, University of Colorado.

Paracolletes hobartensis x sp. n.

$ . — Length 12 mm.

Black, with black and greyish-white hair. Head broad,

facial quadrangle very much broader than long ; clypeus

shining, with strong punctures, not very closely placed ;

anterior edge of clypeus with a fringe of straw-coloured hair;

mandibles black, with a subapical dark reddish band ; an-

tennae dark, the flagellum whitish pruinose except at base;

hair of middle of face scanty and pale, but at sides, especially

above, and on vertex it is black ; hair of mesothorax and

scutellums black, and black beneath the wings, but otherwise

light ; mesothorax impunctate and very shiny in the middle,

but otherwise punctate and duller, quite dull in front ;

scutellum shining in the middle, but coarsely sculptured

along hind margin ; postscutellum and area of metathorax

dull, the latter with a median impressed line but no trans-

verse keel ; pleura dullish, with a subsericeous surface and

no distinct punctures ; tegulse shining black. Wings

yellowish hyaline ; stigma ferruginous, somewhat light-

margined ; nervures fuscous; b. n meeting t.-m.; second

s.m. narrowing above, receiving first r. n. at its middle ;

third s.m. receiving second r. n. very near its end. Legs

black, with mostly pale hair, but the dense and abundant

scopa on outer side of hind tibiae is black ; the hind legs

carry much light orange pollen. Abdomen pitch-black,

dullish, practically nude above, and wholly without hair-

24 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

bands ; on the venter there are white hair-fringes ; hair at

apex black but small in amount.

Hab. Hobart, Tasm'ania (J. J. Walker , 3217).

Obtained on the f Penguin 9 Expedition.

Close to P. chalybeatus and P. obscurus, but larger ; by

the venation and the colour of the abdomen it is nearer to

chalybeatus, by the colour of the stigma to obscurus. The

Tasmanian ParaColletes of this group show much similarity

(and no doubt real affinity) to some of the New Zealand

forms.

Paracolletes Worsfoldi , sp. n.

$ . — Length about 10^ mm.

Black, with greyish-white and black hair, the second

to fourth abdominal segments with conspicuous but narrow

white hair-bands.

This is the species which I formerly regarded as P. ob-

scurus (Sm.), but further studies have convinced me that it

is distinct ; it differs from the description of obscurus princi-

pally by the banded abdomen, but also by the mandibles

having only a dark ferruginous subapical ring, the hairy

sides of face, and the hair on under (or inner) side of tibhe

white. It is allied to P. hobartensis , from which it differs in

the smaller size, banded abdomen, more closely punctured

clypeus, greyish- white (instead of black) hair at sides of

face; also by the reddened last antennal joint (the antennae

otherwise dark) ; the middle of mesothorax less shining and

not wholly unsculptured ; the rufous tegulae ; the post-

scutellum with wholly light hair ; the sides and anterior part

of mesothorax with much light hair ; the black hair of

scutellum and middle of mesothorax very coarsely plumose ;

the abdomen hairy, especially the first segment; the black

hair at apex abundant ; and the venter covered with light

hair. The hair of the vertex and outside of hind tibise is

black. The wings are dusky; stigma very narrow, dark-

margined with a reddish central streak ; b. n. meeting t.-m. ;

second s.m. broad, receiving the first r. n. a little before its

middle ; third s.m. receiving second r. n. a fair distance from

its end.

Hab. W. Australia (C. M. Worsfold, 1903-368).

The labial palpi of P. hobartensis are large and dark (the

first joint at least as long as the next two together) ; those

of P. Worsfoldi are smaller and ferruginous.

Records of Bees.

25

Paracolletes rudis, sp. n.

$ . — Length 10 mm. or a little less.'

Black, with the general form and appearance of P. Wors -

foldi, the only conspicuous difference being in the lack of

abdominal bands. Upon more minute examination many

differences appear, namely : the mesothorax and scutellutn

are entirely dull and granular, with a lioneycomb-like

surface as seen with the compound microscope (P. Worsfoldi

under the compound microscope shows a minutely tessellate

surface, like a mosaic pavement, with conspicuous punctures

as well) ; the abdomen is duller, with the hind margins of

the segments obscurely reddish, those of the third and fourth

segments also with fine appressed pale golden hairs, not dense

enough to form distinct bands ; the tegulae are piceous ; the

hair of the hind tibiae is entirely sordid white, except a

blackish suffusion extending downwards from the knee-plate ;

the palpi are rufo-fuscous. Antennae ferruginous at tip ;

b. n. meeting t.-c. ; second s.m. broad, receiving the first

r. n. a little before its middle ; third s.m. receiving the

second r. n. almost as far from its end as the first r. n. is

from the first t.-c. ; area of metathorax granular, without a

transverse keel or longitudinal impressed line ; clypeus as

densely punctured as is possible.

Had. Swan River, Australia, 69.50.

Easily known from P. obscurus by the dull mesothorax.

Paracolletes perfasciatus, sp. n.

? . — Length nearly 12 mm.

Black : the abdomen narrow, depressed, very shiny, with

broad, entire, sordid white hair-bands covering the broadly

depressed hind margins of segments 2 to 4, and one also at

the base of 2 ; fifth segment covered with coarse black hair,

except at the extreme sides, where it is white. Head broad ;

facial quadrangle very much broader than long; mandibles

broad, black, dark ferruginous at apex, obscurely bidentate ;

antennae black, with the flagellum coffee-brown beneath, the

apical joint redder; a short but distinct malar space, shining

and punctured ; clypeus shining, coarsely punctured ; front

shining and punctured at sides, dull and coarsely rugulose in

middle ; face with much white hair ; hair of thorax mainly

pale, but probably some black above as also on vertex (the

pubescence is largely spoiled by wetting) ; mesothorax very

shiny, with strong irregularly placed punctures; scutellum

densely punctured ; area of metathorax with the lower part

26

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

shiny, the upper roughly sculptured, with fine transverse

lines in the middle, hut no transverse keel; legs dark, with

light hair ; anterior tibiae with a peculiar elongate, shining,

bright ferruginous mark near the base in front ; hind tibiae

with the hair all light, except a dark stain going part way

down the outer edge ; tegulae piceous. Wings hyaline or

very faintly dusky ; stigma and nervures black, stigma

small; b. n. meeting t.-m. on the outer side; first s.m.

rather longer than the other two combined; second s.m.

rather large, receiving the first r. n. a short distance from its

beginning; third s.m. receiving second r. n. a short distance

from its end ; hind margin of first abdominal segment

obscurely reddish ; hind spur of hind tibia finely pectinate.

Hab. Western Australia, 68.6.

Not very close to any species.

Paracolletes subfuscus, sp. n.

c? . — Length about 13 mm.

Black, hairy, looking like a large Colletes, such as C. cuni-

cularius (L.). Hair of head and thorax abundant, greyish

white (a sort of very pale mouse-colour), but darker on the

vertex, and strongly greyish fuscous all over the mesothorax ;

face densely covered with hair ; facial quadrangle much

longer than broad ; no malar space ; mandibles bluntly

bidentate, black, with a dark red subapical spot ; antennae

long, black, the flagellum brownish beneath, with some red

on the underside of the last two or three segments ; disk of

mesothorax shining, with sparse punctures ; area of meta-

thorax smooth and very shiny, with no impressed longitu-

dinal line or transverse keel. Legs rather dark ferruginous,

covered with pale hair ; the femora blackish ; the hind tibiae

quite bright red in front ; spurs ferruginous ; tegulae rufous.

Wings hyaline, nearly clear; stigma and nervures dark

reddish ; stigma so small as to be practically obsolete ;

wings hairy ; b. n. meeting t.-m. on the outer side ; second

s.m. very broad, oblique, not narrowed above, receiving the

first r. n. at its middle ; third s.m. receiving the second r. n.

at its end. Abdomen subconical, shining but punctured,

each segment having a broad, subapical, reddish band, upon

which is a thin band of quite long, closely appressed, pallid

hairs, which shine golden in some lights, the whole effect

closely resembling the abdomen of some forms of the honey-

bee ; last segment with a bright ferruginous subapical spot,

and on each side of this some short black hair ; venter

normal; the last segment with a faint median ridge.

Hab. Adelaide, Australia, 63.82.

Records of Bees.

27

Paracolletes thornleighensis, sp. n.

. — Length a little over 7 mm.

Black, quite hairy, especially on the head and thorax.

Face densely covered with light yellowish hair ; hair of

cheeks yellowish white, but of vertex and occiput, of meso-

thorax except in front, and of the scutellums for the most

part nigro-fuscous ; hair of thorax otherwise greyish white

and of legs dull white ; facial quadrangle as broad above as

its length, but eyes converging below ; mandibles black, with

a faintly reddish subapical spot ; vertex punctured, but a

broad space on each side of ocelli is impunctate and very

shiny ; flagellum dark brownish and crenulate beneath ;

mesothorax and scutellum shining, with distinct scattered

punctures ; area of metathorax smooth and very shiny, with

an impressed longitudinal line, but no transverse keel; legs

brown-black ; spurs yellowish white ; tegulse rufo-piceous.

Wings hyaline, iridescent, the stigma and nervures sepia-

brown ; stigma rather large; b. n. curved and falling a little

short of t.-m., which is very oblique; second s.m. twice as

broad below as above, receiving first r. n. a little beyond its

middle ; third s.m. receiving second r. n. a short distance

from its end. Abdomen shining and strongly punctured,

with the apical margins of the segments depressed and more

or less reddened; the short erect hair of the abdomen is pale

about as far as the middle of the third segment, after that

black or grey-black ; the apical half has long pale hairs

showing at the sides, but they are attached to the ventral

surface ; genitalia peculiar, seen from above they present a

pair of very large approximately hemispherical plates, not

contiguous ; behind these are the strongly divergent stipites,

with hairy ends ; between these is a dark object something

like the head of a nail, with a slender stem, which consists

of the sagittse, apparently completely fused. The tongue is

very broad, ferruginous, wdth the apical margin gently

convex, not at all emarginate, and beset with minute

protuberances. Palpi normal.

Hob. Thornleigh, Australia (. Froggatt ) ; 1890. 91. They

bear the collector’s number 32.

Two specimens. The tongue of this species offers what

looks like a transition between the Colletid and the Ilalictid

types, though properly belonging to the former.

The forms of Paracolletes (sens, lat.) described in this

28

Descriptions and Records of Bees .

series of papers may be readily separated by means of the

following table : —

Abdomen ferruginous red, with a black

spot on each side of second segment ;

second submarginal cell very small . .

Abdomen not ferruginous red

1. Scutellum covered with long dense ful-

vous-yellow hair, contrasting with the

surrounding parts ; hair of mesothorax

black

Not so

2. Abdomen distinctly metallic, with blue,

green, or purple (very obscurely so in

P. obscuripennis ) ; size small or me-

dium

Abdomen not (or hardly) metallic

(slightly so in P. obscuripennis) ....

3. Thorax green or blue

Thorax black ; colours of abdomen never

brilliant

4. Abdomen crimson-purple and brassy;

flagellum ferruginous beneath except

at base ; stigma rather large, amber-

colour

Abdomen very dark purple ; thorax dark

green ; flagellum all dark

Abdomen blue, with green tints ; narrow

and very strongly punctate

Abdomen olive-green

5. Second recurrent nervure joins third

submarginal cell before end ; area of

metathorax with no sharp transverse

keel

Second recurrent nervure joins third sub-

marginal cell at end ; area of meta-

thorax with a sharp transverse keel . .

6. Abdomen black, with the broadly de-

pressed hind margins cf the segments

olive-green; much black hairon vertex,

mesothorax, and apex of abdomen ; an-

tennae entirely black

Hind margins of abdominal segments

not green

7. Wings strongly dusky, with purple tints ;

abdomen hardly metallic

Wings clear

bimcicidatus (Smith).

1.

Jlavomciculatus , Ckll., $*.

2'

3.

9.

4.

6.

cupreus semipur pur eus,

[Ckll, $.

plumosellus, Ckll., .

cceruleotinctus, Ckll., d .

5.

amabilis (Sm.), var., $ .

carinatulus , Ckll., d .

viridicinctus , Ckll., $ .

7.

obscuripennis , Ckll., £ •

8.

* When describing P. Jlavomacidatus I omitted to call attention to its

close resemblance to P. cristatus (Smith), which is known only in the

female. The two maj' be sexes of one, but the type of jlavomaculatus

belonged to Smith, and he did not label it cristatus. 1 have not seeu

the type of cristatus ; it is not at the British Museum, but probably at

Oxford. I visited the Oxford University Museum, but was not able to

ascertain the whereabouts of the type bees presumed to be there.

29

On some Genera of Ilippolytidse.

8. Larger : hind margins of abdominal seg-

ments not reddish sputulatus, Ckll.

Smaller ; hind margins of abdominal seg-

ments reddish providellus, Ckll.

9. Antennae hooked at end ; scape red ; ab-

domen with golden pile moretonianus , Ckll.

Antennae normal at end ; scape not red . . 10.

10. Flagellum bright ferrugiuous beneath ;

face covered with yellow hair; first

recurrent nervure joining second sub-

marginal cell near its beginning .... colletellus , Ckll.

Flagellum not so 11.

11. Stigma and nervures amber-colour ; sides

of face with black hair; legs dull

reddish semilautus , Ckll.

Stigma and nervures darker 12.

12. Sides of face with black hair 13.

Sides of face without black hair 15.

13. Face densely covered with light yellow

hair, except at sides above obscuripcnnis , Ckll.

Face without such yellow hair 14.

14. Larger, about 12| mm. loDg ; tegulse

black hobartensis, Ckll.

Smaller ; tegulae dark brown (Greymouth,

New Zealand, Koebele ; $ $ in U.S.

National Museum) vestitus (Smith).

15. First r. n. joining second s.m. near its

beginning ; abdomen with hair-bands, perfasciatus, Ckll.,

First r. n. joining second s.m. near its

middle or before middle, but not very

near beginning 16.

16. Area of metathorax dull 17.

Area of metathorax shining 18.

17. Scutellum shining Worsfoldi, Ckll.

Scutellum dull and roughened rudis, Ckll.

18. Large, about 13mm. long; Colletes- like;

abdomen hairy. subfuscus, Ckll.

Small ; stigma sepia-colour ; abdomen

strongly punctate thornleiyhensis, Ckll.

IV.- — Notes on some Genera of the Crustacean Family

Hippolytidse. By W. T. Calman, D.Sc., British Museum

(Natural History).

In attempting recently to refer to its appropriate genus a

species of Hippolytidae obtained by the ‘ Discovery/ I found

it necessary to re-examine the characters of the existing

genera of the family so far as these are represented in the

Museum collections. Some of the results seem to be of

sufficient importance to warrant the publication of the

30

Dr. W. T. Caiman on some Genera

following notes. A proper revision of the genera would

demand the study of much more material than is at my

disposal, and for this reason I have confined my examination

to characters which have already been employed for systematic

purposes by previous authors.

The limits of the family cannot be said to be satisfactorily

defined at present. On the one hand, the recognition of the

fact that the legs of the first pair in many Pandalidae are not

u simple/* but microscopically chelate, renders it hard to

define that family so as to exclude the Hippolytid genus

Cryptocheles , in which the chelae of these limbs are stated to

be u minute/* On the other hand, the boundary between the

Hippolytidae and Alpheidae is so vaguely marked that even

Coutibre, in his elaborate monograph of the latter family, is

unable to decide as to the proper position of certain genera,

such as Ogyris. Ortmann (Bronn*s Thier-Reich, Crust,

ii. p. 1130) has separated a group of genera to form the

family Latreutidae, characterized by the absence of the

incisor-process * of the mandible. It is impossible, however,

to retain this arrangement, since the genus Nauticaris ,

which Ortmann refers to the Latreutidae, is certainly closely

allied to Saron, as, indeed, Thallwitz pointed out in

establishing the latter genus. The genus Lysmata is referred

by several recent writers to the Processidse (Nikidae), but it

seems to be undoubtedly connected with the Latreutid group

through Stimpson’s Hippolysmata. The settlement of such

questions, however, must wait for a future reconsideration of

the whole classification of the Caridea.

The following is a partial and provisional synopsis of .the

genera usually referred to the family. The names of those

genera of which I have seen no specimens are enclosed

within square brackets : —

A . Arthrobranchiae are present at the bases of

the first four pairs of peraeopods. Man-

dible with palp. More than seven seg-

ments in carpus of second peraeopods.

a. Movable spine at base of uropods.

a. Mandible with incisor-process

Mandible without incisor-process . .

b. No movable spine at base of uropods.

a. Mandible with incisor-process ......

/3. Mandible without incisor-process . .

Saron, Thallwitz.

Nauticaris, Spence Bate.

Merhippolyte , Sp. Bate.

Parhippolyte, Borradaile.

* I have employed the term u incisor-process ” for the distal division

of the mandible. It is naturally suggested by “ molar-process ” and is a

little more definite than “ cutting-edge,” while requiring less explanation

than “ psalistoma.”

31

of the Crustacean Family Hippolytidse.

B. No arthrobranchise on peraeopods.

a. Mandible with incisor-process.

a. Mandible with palp.

a. Two segments in carpus of second

peraeopods Caridion, Goes.

b. Four segments in carpus [ Pterocciris , Heller.]

Leontocaris, Stebbing.

c. Seven segments in carpus.

a. Mandibular palp of two segments. Spirontocai'is, Spence Bate

(including Hetairus, Spence Bate,

Euales, Thallwitz, Helia, Thall-

witz, Hetciirocaris , de Man, Hepta-

carpus, Holmes, Birulia, Braznikov.)

b. Mandibular palp of three seg-

ments Alope , White.

d. More than seven segments in carpus. Chorismus , Spence Bate.

/3. Mandible without palp Hippolyte, Leach.

[Thor, Kingsley.]

[ Cryptocheles , Sars.]

b. Mandible with out incisor-process or palp.

( = Latreutidae, Ortm., pro parte.)

a. Two segments in carpus Tr achy car is, g. n.

[ Concordia , Kingsley.]

/3. Three segments in carpus Latreutes, Stimpson

( = Platybema , Sp. Bate).

Angasia , Sp. Bate ( = To-

zeuma , Stimpson).

y. More than three segments in carpus. . Bythocaris, Sars.

Hippolysmata, Stimpson.

[. Mimocaris , Nobili.]

Lysmata , Risso.

Genus Nauticaris.

Nauticaris, Spence Bate, Chall. Rep., Macrura, p. 602.

No type is specified, but N. marionis , which stands first

among the species described, may be taken as the type. In

Spence Bate’s summary of the generic characters on p. 577

of the 6 Challenger’ Report the carpus of the second legs is

said to be 7-articulate, whereas in the definition of the genus

on p. 603 it is stated to be “ multiarticulate ” ; as a matter of

fact, I find 15-16 segments in the carpus of co-typical

specimens. This inaccuracy appears to have misled Mr.

Stebbing in his summary of Spence Bate’s classification

(Hist. Crustacea, p. 234), and, through him, Mr. Hodgson,

who has described, under the name Merhippolyte australis

(Rep. ‘ Southern Cross,’ p. 233), a form which I find on

comparison of the type specimens to be identical with Nauti-

caris marionis of the 1 Challenger ’ Report. Mr. Hodgson

was mistaken in supposing that the mandible of his specimens

possessed an incisor-process.

Hippolyte magcllanicus of A. Milne-Edwards (Miss. Cap

32

Dr. W. T. Caiman on some Genera

Horn, Crust, p. F 46) belongs to the same genus. I have

examined two of the type specimens kindly sent me by

Prof. E. L. Bouvier. It differs from the other species of the

genus in possessing exopods on the third maxillipeds.

Genus Merhippolyte.

Merhippolyte , Spence Bate, Chall. Rep., Macrura, p. 618. (Type,

M. agulhasensis, Sp. Bate.)

The carpus of the second perseopod in the type species has

14 or 15 segments and the rnerus is also more or less

distinctly annulated. Of the three segments of the man-

dibular palp the first is subequal to the second. The other

characters are as given by Spence Bate. On Merhippolyte

australis , Hodgson, see under Nauticaris above. Spence

Bate suggested that Ilippolyte spinifrons, Milne-Edwards,

might belong to this genus, and Mr. G. M. Thomson has

accepted the suggestion (Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. viii.

p. 444, 1903). The species, however, appears to me to be

much more closely allied to the genus Alope , and, indeed,

a specimen in the Museum collection labelled Hippolyte spini-

frons is specifically identical with Alope palpalis, White.

Genus Spirontocaris, Spence Bate.

Spirontocaris, Spence Bate, Chall. Rep., Macrura, p. 595. (Type,

S. spinus, Sowerby.)

Hetairus, Spence Bate, t. c. p. 610. (Type, II. polaris, Sabine.)

Fuales (or JEualns), Thallwitz, Abb. Mus. Dresden, 1890-91, no. 3, p. 23.

(T}rpe, E. obeses, Thallw.)

Helia , Thallwitz, t. c. p. 24. (Type, II. Fabricii, Kroyer.)

Hetairocaris , de Man, Notes Leyden Mus. xii. p. 120 (1890). (Type,

H. orientals, de Man.)

Ileptacarpus, Holmes, Occas. Pap. Calif. Acad. Sci. vii. p. 195 (1900).

(Type, H. palpator, Owen.)

Birulia , Braznikov, Annuaire Mus. St. Petersb. viii. Nouvelles, p. xliv

(1903). (Type, B. sachalinensis, Braznikov.)

All the above genera agree in possessing a mandible with

a reduced incisor-process and a palp of two segments, seven

segments in the carpus of the second peraeopods, and no arthro-

branchiae on the perasopods. They have been separated mainly

on the ground of differences in the armature of the carapace and

in the number of epipods. It is possible that some of them

may deserve to be kept distinct, but the material at my

disposal is not sufficient to enable me to estimate the value of

the characters upon which they have been based.

I have assumed that Thallwitz is in error in stating that

the mandible is without an incisor-process in his genus Helia.

of the Crustacean Family Hippolyfcidee. 33

He gives as the type species H. Fabricii , which has a typical

tipirontocaris mandible.

The type of Spence Bate’s Hetairus is a species which he

describes under the name H. GaimarcUi (M.-E.), but which

Miss Rathbun (Harriman Alaska Exped. x. p. 73, 1904)

identifies, no doubt correctly, as H. polaris (Sabine).

So far as I can gather from the description of Birulia ,

which Mr. W. F. Kirby has kindly translated from the

Russian for me, the genus differs from Spirontocaris only in

the characters of the carapace and rostrum.

Genus Latreutes, Stimpson.

Lat rentes, Stimpson, Proc. Acid. Philadelphia, 1863, p. 27 ; Spence

Bate, Chall. Rep., Macrura, p. 581. (Type, L. ensiferus, M.-Edw.)

Platybema, Spence Bate, Chall. Rep., Macrura, p. 578. ( = Cyclo -

7'hi/nchus, de Haan, Rhynchocyclus , Stimpson. Type, P. planirostris,

de Haan.)

As Ortmann has pointed out (Zool. Jahrb., Abtli. f. Syst.

v. p. 505, 1891), there seems to be no valid reason for

regarding the two species mentioned above as belonging to

distinct genera. They agree in having the carpus of the

second legs composed of three segments and in such details as

the rounded lobe of the first segment of the antennules, the

acute antennal scale, and the serrated antero-lateral margin of

the carapace. Stebbing (Hist. Crust, p. 235) relies for their

separation on the statements of Spence Bate that the second

maxillipeds of Platybema are six-jointed and those of Latreutes

seven-jointed. This, however, is certainly not the case in

the two type species, both of which have the second maxilli-

peds identical in structure and composed of six segments.

Apart from the difference in general form, which seems to

have been Stimpson’ s chief reason for separating the genera,

the only distinction which I can find is that, while in Platy-

bema the series of epipods extends to the penultimate pair of

legs, in Latreutes (contrary to Stimpson’s statement) it ceases

at the third pair. Since Spence Bate names Cyclorhynckus

planirostris as the type of Platybema , it is not legitimate to

use that generic name, as Ortmann has done, after transferring

its type species to Latreutes.

Genus Trachycaris, gen. nov.

Type, Platybema rugosus , Spence Bate, Chall. Rep., Macrura, p. 579.

There can be no doubt that Spence Bate’s P. rugosus is

generically distinct from de Haan’s Cyclorhynckus plani -

rostris , the type of the genus Platybema. The following

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist . Ser. 7. Vol. xvii. 3

34

On some Genera of Ilippolytidge.

may serve as a definition for the new genus in which I

propose to place it : —

“ Carapace with a supraorbital, an antennal, and a single

antero-lateral (pterygostomial) spine. External process on

first segment of antennules spiniform. Antennal scale

broad, rounded at the tip. Mandibles (according to Spence

Bate) without incisor-process or palp. Third maxilliped with

exopod. Carpus of second perseopods composed of two

segments. Neither arthrobranchise nor epipods on the

perseopods. Endopods of the second to the fifth pairs of

pleopods very broad.”

The genus Concordia (Kingsley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.

Philadelphia, 1879, p. 413), of which I have seen no specimens,

is stated to have the rostrum very short, the antennal scale

very small, and the telson acute, and it appears to have no

supraorbital spines.

Genus Angasia, Spence Bate.

Tozeuma , Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Philadelphia, 1860, p. 26 (preoccupied

as Toxeuma, Walker). (Type, T. lanceolatum, Stimps.)

Angasia , Spence Bate, Prcc. Zool. Soc. London, 1863, p. 498. (Type,

A. pavonina, Sp. Bate.)

This genus is very closely allied to Latreutes} with which

it might, perhaps, be united. It differs, however, in having

the process on the first segment of the antennules long and

spiniform, a single antero-lateral (pterygostomial) tooth on

the carapace, and no epipods on the legs.

Genus Amphiplectus.

Amphiplectus, Spence Bate, Chall. Rep., Macrura, p. 622.

The genus Amphiplectus of Spence Bate must, I think, be

excluded from the Hippolytidse altogether. In examining

the unique specimen of the only species of the genus — A. de -

pressus — I fail to see the slightest trace of segmentation in

the carpus of the second perajopods. Spence Bate5s reference

to this is not very intelligible, but he seems to have had

difficulty in perceiving the segmentation. The shape of the

mandible, which has the incisor-process not separated from

the molar, is very unlike that found in any of the other genera

of the family. It is possible that Spence Bate’s remark on

the resemblance of the legs to those of Nematocarcinus may

point the way to the true position of the genus ; but the

consideration of this question may be postponed till we are in

possession of more satisfactory material than is afforded by

the unique and now much mutilated type specimen.

Bats of Hipposiderus armiger and Commersoni Types. 35

V. — On the Bats of the Hipposiderus armiger and

Commersoni Types. By Knud Andersen.

I. — The Hipposiderus armiger Type.

Nasals not inflated, the naso-frontal region of the skull

forming an almost completely flattened pentagonal area. This

is the chief peculiarity of the skull as compared with the

diadema type. A facial foramen (for the nerve-supply of the

nose-leaves), situated at about the middle of the naso-frontal

region, leading into two fine canals, the one extending back-

wards, the other forwards, into the bone ; rarely (in 3 out

of 37 skulls) the canals open by two separate foramina, the

one in front of the other *. The infraorbital foramina

slightly wider (not longer) than in H. diadema.

Dentition essentially as in H. diadema, but a trifle more

advanced : — p2 and />4 always in contact, and the cingula

almost always overlapping each other, p 2 very small, ex-

ternal to the tooth-row; the canine and p 4 as a rule but very

slightly separated or completely in contact fi. The chief

progress, as compared with diadema J, is the more strongly

pronounced reduction, or very often complete disappearance,

of the interspace between c and p^ (the former place of p2).

The wing- structure differs in some details from that of

diadema and its closest allies § : — whereas the fifth meta-

carpal has retained precisely the same length (in proportion

to the forearm) as in diadema , the fourth is somewhat, the

third considerably, shortened, making as a total result the

third and fourth equal in length and but slightly longer than

the fifth (individually, of course, the fourth metacarpal is

found sometimes a little shorter, sometimes, especially in

H. turpis, a trifle longer, than the third) . The proportionate

length of the phalanges is almost as in diadema.

Posterior leaf narrower than the horseshoe, trilobate ;

three vertical ridges on the front face of the leaf. No notch

in the front border of the horseshoe ||. In one species

* A similar foramen is found in the hats of the H. diadema type.

t The details, from an examination of thirty-seven skulls, are these : —

in three c and p 4 are distinctly, but rather narrowly, separated ; in sixteen

slightly or very slightly separated ; in eighteen in contact, and in three of

these the cingula overlap each other.

X Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvi. p. 504 (Nov. 1905).

§ Compare the wing-indices below, on p. 48.

11 A notch in the front border of the horseshoe is found in H. Pratti , a

species which bears some external resemblance to H. armiger. But the

skull of H. Pratti is very peculiar (sagittal crest raising abruptly far

3*

36

Mr. K. Andersen on the Bats of the

(H. turpis ) three supplementary leaflets external to the

horseshoe, in another ( H armiger) four, the fourth very small

(or, in very rare instances, completely wanting). Wart-like

elevations, forming a backward extending direct continuation

of the third supplementary leaflet, greatly developed in adult

males, smaller in females. Frontal sac in adult males very

large, opening transversal ; in females small or represented

by a depression only.

Males of the armiger type average somewhat larger than

females, but practically there is no fixed difference in size

between the sexes, small males being often inferior in size to

large females.

Colour. — Upperside, from shoulder-region to tail (“horse-

shoe-patch”), almost “Vandyke brown,” this colour confined

to the narrow tips of the hairs ; broad base of hairs “ wood-

brown ” ; upperside of head, neck, and front of back, owing

to a considerable reduction or complete absence of the dark

hair- tips, “ wood- brown,” contrasting with the rest of the

back; line of demarcation between these light- and dark-

coloured regions of the upperside strongly marked, crescent-

shaped, concavity forwards. The whole of the underside a

very dark shade of “ wood-brown.” — Individual variation

small : the “ horseshoe-patch ” can be darker, approaching

“ seal-brown,” and at the same time the “ wood-brown ”

lighter ; this is the case especially in young adults. The

sexes are alike in colour, nor is there any appreciable colour-

difference between the species or subspecies.

Range. — Throughout the Himalayas, eastwards to the

Loo-choo Islands, southwards to the Malay Peninsula.

1. Hipposiderus armiger , Hodgs.

Diagnosis. — Forearm about 87‘5-97 mm.

Four supplementary leaflets, the fourth very small and

occasionally (in 1 out of 26 specimens examined) completely

wanting. [Skins of this species, in which the nose-leaves

are damaged or made unrecognizable by shrinkage, are

puzzlingly like H. diadema or H. lankadiva ; the very different

naso-frontal region of the skull will make them easily distin-

guishable ; in case also the skull is unavailable for examina-

tion, H. armiger can always be discriminated by the longer

beyond the level of the very broad facial region of the skull, almost to

the same degree as in Rhino) tycter is !), showing it to have no very close

relationship with the armiger type. I believe it to be a relative of

II. leptophylla , the skull of which is as yet unknown.

37

Hipposiderus armiger and Commersoni Types.

lower leg : in diadema 30-37 mm., in lankadiva 35*5-37*5, in

armiger, although the bat is practically of the same size as

the latter species, 38-43. There is, as pointed out above,

also some difference in the wing-structure. — From H. Pratti,

under alike unfavourable conditions, H. armiger can be

discriminated by the much smaller hind foot : in armiger

(measured w'ith claws) 15*8-19 mm., in Pratti, although this

species averages slightly smaller, 21-22*5, as well as by the

markedly longer lower leg, Pratti agreeing in this point with

diadema

Range. — From Masuri eastwards to Fokien, southwards to

the Malay Peninsula.

1 a. H. armiger debilis, subsp. n.

“ Hipposiderus Diadema , Grav Cantor (non Geoffr.), J. A. S. B. xv.

no. 171, p. ]81 (1846).

Diagnosis *. — Anteorbital width 9-10 mm. Mandibular

tooth-row, exclusive of incisors, 13-14.

Type. — $ ad. (skin). Prov. Wellesley, Malay Peninsula.

Dr. Th. Cantor’s Collection. Brit. Mus. no. 79. 11. 21. 80.

Range. — Malay Peninsula, northwards to Assam (Khasia

Hills).

1 b. H. armiger, Ilodgs., typicus.

Rliinolphus (sic) armiger , Hodgson, J. A. S. B. iv. no. 48, p. 699 (Dec.

1835).

Phyllorhina Sivinhoii, Peters, P. Z. S. 1870, p. 616.

Diagnosis f. — Anteorbital width 9*7-10 7 mm. Man-

dibular tooth-row, exclusive of incisors, 13*7-14*5.

Range. — From Masuri eastwards through Upper Burmah,

to Szechuen and Fokien.

Technical name. — The type locality is “ the central region

of Nepal. 3 3 The typical specimens of Hodgson’s Rh. armiger

( $ ad., $ ad., in alcohol) are in the British Museum.

Ph. Swinhoei. — Type locality : Amoy, Fokien. Three co-

types (skins ; Amoy, 1867 ; R. Swinhoe ded. ; Peters det.)

are in the British Museum. These and other examples from

Fokien are indistinguishable from Nepal individuals. Peters’s

* 10 specimens examined:— 9 (skins), various places in the Malay

Peninsula ; 1 (in ale.), Khasia Hills, Assam. Skulls of all the specimens.

t 16 specimens examined : — 2 (ale.), Masuri ; 5 (ale. and skins), Nepal ;

1 (ale.), Kakhyen Hills, Upper Burmah ; 1 (ale.), Kia-ting-fu, W.

Szechuen ; 6 (skins), various places in the province of Fokien, S. China;

1 (skin), stated to be from N. China. 14 skulls, representing all the

localities enumerated.

oS Mr. K. Andersen on the Bats of the

remarks on H. Swinhoei make me suppose that he regarded

it as an unrecorded species, because he compared it not with

H. armiger, but with H. diadema.

Remarks. — There is only an average difference between

the southern and n rthern race of H. armiger. In the latter

the skull, more especially the facial region, is generally a

little heavier built, the tooth-rows a trifle longer. The ex-

ternal difference is still less pronounced. The two races,

perhaps, meet somewhere in Burmah or Assam.

2. Hipposiderus turpis, Bangs.

Hipposiderus turpis , Outram Bangs, Amer. Naturalist, xxxv. no. 415,

p. 561 (July 1901).

Diagnosis *. — Forearm about 67*2-7T7 mm.

The skull is an exact miniature copy of an armiger skull.

So far as I can make out from dried specimens (by re-

softening the nose-leaves), there are three leaflets only,

without any trace of a fourth. The fourth metacarpal is,

more often than in armiger , a trifle longer than the third.

These are, I believe, the only external differences as com-

pared with armiger , apart from the much smaller size.

Range. — As yet recorded only from Ishigaki, S. Loo-choo

Islands.

II . T 11 E IIlPPOSIDEE US CoMMEESONI TYPE .

The general shape of the skull much as in the diadema

type. Nasal swellings distinctly inflated, as in diadema (not

flattened, as in armiger). Naso-frontal region broader,

especially posteriorly, and more pronouncedly pentagonal in

shape, both of these peculiarities chiefly due to the somewhat

more projecting postorbital processes (in diadema and its

allies the postorbital processes are smaller and more rounded

off). A small facial foramen, situated in the middle line

between the posterior nasal swellings. Sagittal crest more

strongly, sometimes (viz. in H. gigas) enormously, developed,

crescent-shaped, gradually descending in front towards, and

merging into, the supraorbital ridges. Lambdoid crest

stronger than in diadema. The rami of the mandible higher.

There is scarcely anv other essential and constant difference

between the skulls ot the diadema and Commersoni types.

* 13 skins, with skulls, examined. — For the loan of 9 of these speci-

mens I am indebted to the Authorities of the Museum of Comparative

Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

39

Hipposiderus armiger and Commersoni Types.

Dentition much as in diadema, but slightly more ad-

vanced : — the cingula of p2 and generally overlapping each

other, often very strongly so, rarely in simple contact without

overlapping ; in none of the twelve skulls examined, repre-

senting all the forms known, is there any interspace between

p2 and p±. p2 always external to the tooth-row, often

unusually small ; the upper canine and p 4 in contact, some-

times slightly overlapping each other at base, rarely separated.

A small, but always very distinct, cusp-like projection on the

hinder cutting- edye of the upper canines , a little above the

middle of the tooth (no trace of a similar “ cusp ” in diadema

nor in armiger ) ; front face of upper canines more or less

distinctly furrowed, in H. gigas very deeply so (practically

smooth in diadema and armiger).

Wing-structure * on a considerably higher level of develop-

ment than in diadema and its allies : — third and fourth

metacarpals slightly shortened, fifth lengthened , making as a

final result the third metacarpal a little longer than the

fourth, but the fourth and fifth practically equal in length

(individually the fifth metacarpal can be even a trifle longer

than the fourth) ; broadly speaking, these three metacarpals

might be called approximately equal in length (in diadema

the fifth decidedly much shorter than the fourth and third).

Distal phalanx of the third finger much lengthened (much

longer than the proximal phalanx; in diadema only about

equal to, or shorter than, the proximal phalanx). These

modifications combined make a broader and, especially, more

pointed wing, i. e. an increased power of flight.

The nose-leaves are, in their more essential characters, of

the diadema type. Four supplementary leaflets on either

side, external to the horseshoe, the fourth always the

smallest, but very rarely (H. gigas gambiensis) completely

wanting; I never found more than four leaflets f. The

* Compare the wing-indices below, on p. 48.

t The statements in literature about the number of supplementary

leaflets in these bats are very confusing : — two (Temminck, in his

“ Ph. vittata”) three (Wagner and others); “three, sometimes with

the rudiment of a fourth ” ; four; “four, often with the rudiment of a

fifth.” Supposed differences in this respect have been used as a means

to discriminate subspecies or species. The facts, from the material

examined by me, are these : — H. Commersoni typicus : four leaflets,

the fourth quite small (one alcohol specimen ; one skin unsuitable

for this purpose) ; H. C. marungensis : four leaflets, the fourth small,

but distinctly larger than in the Madagascar form (two in ale., one skin) ;

H. thomensis : quite as marungensis (one skin ; two other skins unsuit-

able) ; II. gigas tygicus : quite as marungensis (four in ale., three skins, a

fourth skin unsuitable) ; H. g. gambiensis : three leaflets, without any trace

of a fourth (one, in ale.). — The divergent statements iu literature are, I

40

Mr. K. Andersen on the Bats of the

posterior leaf of practically the same breadth as the horse-

shoe, its upper border evenly convex, on the front face three

vertical ridges, the lateral ridges often more or less obsolete.

Thus, there are only two noteworthy points of difference

between the nose-leaves of a H. diadema and those of a

H. Commersoni, viz. the somewhat stronger development of

the lateral leaflets in the latter type of bat (three with, almost

invariably, a small fourth, instead of three with rare indi-

vidual traces of a fourth in diadema ) and the proportionately

slightly smaller posterior leaf ; but the shape of the posterior

leaf, as well as of all the other nose-leaves, is extremely

similar in both types. — A frontal sac, opening by a longitu-

dinal fissure, is found in both sexes.

The eais are considerably modified (as compared with

diadema)'. narrowed and pointed. The tail much shortened :

always shorter than the lower leg (in diadema always much

longer than the lower leg). The plagiopatagium inserted on,

or a short distance above, the ankle, quite as in diadema * *.

They are all bats of very large size, the forearm varying

from 79 to 116 mm. Males seem to average larger than

females, but practically there is no constant difference in

size betv\een the sexes f. The frontal sac is markedly

shallower in females.

Their range is confined to the Ethiopian Region, on the

eastern side from Madagascar and the Mozambique coast to

British East Africa, on the western from Angola to Gambia.

I discriminate three species (five forms).

believe, not difficult to explain. When the number is given too low

(two, three) it may be due to an examination of skins , in which the true

number of leaflets is often very difficult to ascertain, owing to shrinkage ;

when the number is given too high (four, with the rudiment of a fifth),

the reason may be this : external to the fourth leaflet is almost invariably

situated a small rounded gland, which by a hasty examination can easily

be taken for the trace of a fifth leaflet ; but similar glands are found in

many other places of the upper lip.

* Some details about the insertion of the plagiopatagium on the hind

leg (from alcohol specimens only) : — If. Commersoni , in two ( $ ad.) on

the ankle, in one ( <$ young ad.) 2 mm. above the ankle ; If. gigas , in one

( $ ad.) on the ankle, in one (c? ad.) 2-5 mm., in two ( ad.) 5 mm., in

one (cJ young ad.) 6 mm. above the ankle.-- -It has been suggested that

the membranes in younger individuals, reach the ankle, but “ sich

allmahlig- so zuriickzieken, dass sie bei alten Exemplaren einen Theil des

Schienbeins frei lassen ” (Peters, MB. Ak. Berlin, 1871, p. 318). The

above details are not in favour of that explanation.

t A few particulars in support of this statement (forearm of full-grown

individuals) : — IT. C. marungensis, one male 94 mm., one female 96-5 mm. ;

II. gigas , three males 108, 110, and 115 mm., one female 108 mm.

Ilipposiderus armiger and Commersoni Types.

41

1. Hipposiderus Commersoni, Geoffrey.

Diagnosis. — Skull (as compared with H. gig as) small :

anteorbital width 9-10 mm. ; upper tooth-row H’2-12‘3.

Size moderate : forearm about 90-100 ; third metacarpal

about 60-68.

Range. — Madagascar and the opposite part of the continent,

northwards to British East Africa*.

1 a. H. Commersoni , Geoffroy, typicus.

Diagnosis f. — On an average smaller : forearm about

90 mm. ; third metacarpal about 60-61.

The fourth leaflet is slightly smaller than in any other

form. In one skull the upper canine and p 4 are distinctly

separated, the only instance of this more primitive condition

in all the skulls of the Commersoni type examined ; in a

second skull of the present form these teeth are perfectly in

contact. The front face of the upper canines not. very

deeply furrowed.

Range. — Madagascar.

1 b. H. Commersoni marungensis, Noack.

Diagnosis J. — On an average larger : forearm about 94-

100 mm. ; third metacarpal about 66-68.

The fourth leaflet is slightly more developed than in the

Madagascar form. Front face of upper canines not deeply

furrowed.

Range. — From Tanganyika and the Mozambique coast

northwards to British East Africa.

2. Hipposiderus thomensis, Bocage.

Diagnosis §. — Skull and teeth almost quite as in H. Com-

mersoni. Size very small : forearm about 79-82 mm. ; third

metacarpal about 55-58.

* There can scarcely be any doubt that H. Commersoni also occurs on

the western side of the Continent. Of seven examples of Ph. Commer-

soni from Angola, in the collection of the Lisbon Museum and recorded

by Sr. A. F. de Seabra in Jorn. Sci. Math. &c. Lisboa, (2) Vol. v. no. xx.

p. 254 (Dec. 1898), four ( b , c, d , e ) are unquestionably II. gigas, whereas

the others (f} g, h) no doubt are referable to II. Commersoni as defined

in the present paper.

t 2 specimens, with skulls, examined: $ (skin), $ (in ale,).

X 3 specimens examined: 2 (in ale.), Zanzibar; 1 (skin), Tana River,

British East Africa. 2 skulls (Zanzibar and Tana River).

§ 3 skins, with skulls, examined, from various places in S. Thome.

42

Mr. K. Andersen on the Bats of the

There is scarcely any other peculiarity with this species,

as compared with H. Commersoni, than its remarkably small

size (on the coloration, see below).

Range. — San Thome, Gulf of Guinea.

3. Hipposiderus gig as, Wagner.

Diagnosis. — Skull very large and heavily built : ante-

orbital width about 11 mm. ; upper tooth-row 13'3-14* * * §5.

Size very large : forearm about 108-116 ; third metacarpal

about 75-81.

Front face of upper canines deeply furrowed.

Range. — From Angola to Gambia; on the eastern side of

the Continent as yet known from the Querimba Islands

only *.

3 a. H. gigas, Wagner, typicus .

Diagnosis f. — Nose-leaves not enlarged : width of horse-

shoe and of posterior leaf about 11-12 mm.

Range. — Angola ; Rio Muni (Benito River).

3 b. H. gigas gambiensis, subsp. n.

Diagnosis X- — Nose-leaves larger: width of horseshoe and

posterior leaf about 13 mm.

In the specimen examined there are three supplementary

leaflets only, no trace of a fourth.

Type. — ? ad. (in alcohol). Gambia. Presented by the

Earl of Derby. Brit. Mus. no. 42. 9. 27. 36 §.

Colour.

In the style of colour all bats of the Commersoni type are

very similar to H. diadema || : — a dark brown <c horseshoe ”

(Y-shaped) patch on the back ; a more or less distinct white

patch on either flank, at the insertion of the propatagium ; a

* From this latter locality (the Querimba Islands) I have seen no

specimens. But one of the two bats called by Prof. Peters Phyllorhma

vittata (the male, not the female) and obtained by him in Ibo Island is

undoubtedly a H. gigas Reise nach Mossambique,’ Saugeth. p. 35).

f 8 specimens examined : — 3 (1 ale., 2 skins), from various places in

Angola; 2 (1 ale., 1 skin), Benito River; 3 (2 ale., 1 skin), without

exact locality. 5 skulls : 3 Angola ; 1 Benito River ; 1 without details.

t 1 specimen, with skull, the type, examined.

§ Temminck’s Phyllorhina vittata , from the Gold Coast (‘ Esquisses

Zoologiques,’ pp. 72-74, 1853), may belong to this form.

|| Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvi. p. 503 (Nov. 1905).

43

Hipposiderus armiger and Commersoni Types,

more or less distinct light longitudinal stripe bordering

either side of the binder back, along tbe plagiopatagium.

H. gigas. — Y-patch very pronounced, of a colour perhaps

best defined as an extremely dark shade of “ hair-brown ” ;

below tbe tips the hairs are considerably lighter (greyish

“drab”), at the extreme base very dark. The whole of the

upperside in front of the Y-patch light grey; this colour

confined to the tips of the hairs ; below the tips the hairs

are dark “ drab,” further down lighter, at the extreme base

again dark-coloured. Longitudinal stripe on either side of

hinder hack well marked, of the same light grey colour as

the anterior part of the upperside. A well-marked white

patch at the insertion of the propatagiura. Underside very

light, almost whitish, or washed with greyish or yellowish ;

base of hairs very dark “ drab ” or “ drab- grey.”— The three

skins here described are all of young adults , the epiphyses

of the metacarpals not quite ankylosed, the teeth unworn ;

the whole of the coloration is strongly like that of a young

H. diadema typicus from Java. I have but very little doubt

that aged individuals will prove to be darker (as is the case

in H. diadema).

A fourth skin (adult, unsexed; teeth slightly worn,

epiphyses ankylosed) is of the russet phase. The style the

same, but the whole of the pelage strongly washed with

“ russet ” ; the flank-patches (at the propatagium) indistinct.

H. Commersoni marungensis. — Practically quite like the

non-russet phase of H. gigas. The skin is of a young adult,

epiphyses ankylosed, but teeth unworn.

H. thomensis. — On the whole, both above and below, some-

what darker than H. gigas ; flank-patches quite distinct;

lateral stripes bordering hinder back somewhat obliterated.

— The three skins are of individuals with slightly worn teeth

and the epiphyses ankylosed, thus a little older than the

light-coloured series of H. gigas.

H. Commersoni typicus. — Practically indistinguishable

from H. thomensis . One skin, epiphyses ankylosed, teeth

almost unworn.

As a general conclusion : — The style of colour is the same

in all of the species. There is probably no essential differ-

ence in the details of the coloration between the species,

provided, of course, that individuals of approximately the

same age are compared. Young and young adults are

lighter coloured, with the markings and stripes more strongly

marked. A russet phase occurs.

44

Mr. K. Andersen on the Dais of the

Nomenclature .

Rhinolophus Commersoni ; 1813* * * §. — Described from Com-

merson’s drawings and hand-written notes ; type locality :

Fort Dauphin, Madagascar ; description very incomplete,

drawing bad : no lateral leaflets, no frontal sac ; but there

can be no doubt as to the identification.

Rhinolophus gig as ; 1815 f. — The brief preliminary dia-

gnosis (1845) must be compared with the detailed description

three years later (1848). Type locality: Benguela. This,

combined with the size of the skull (37 mm.), the length of

the forearm (107 mm. ; Wagner probably measured the

radius), the shape of the ears (“ hoch, schmal, langlichoval,

zugespitzt ”), the furrows on the canines, and the colour,

settles the matter. The number of “ Backenzahne ” is stated

to be ^ (the small p2 overlooked), the number of lateral

leaflets 3 (probably from a skin). The frontal sac, so

conspicuous in all bats of the Commersoni type, is not men-

tioned ; that this is an accidental omission is proved by

reference to WagneFs article on gigas in Schreber's f Saug-

thiere ? (Suppl. v. p. 651, 1855). — This is the earliest name

of the largest species of the Commersoni type.

Phyllorhina vittata ; 1852 J. — Peters had two distinct

species of the Commersoni type before him when describing

Ph. vittata. The first question therefore is which of these

two species is the true type of vittata. The whole of the

detailed description, the size as indicated in the brief

“ diagnosis 33 (p. 32), the whole series of measurements of

the first of the two specimens (the male, pp. 35-36 §), and

* Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, “ Sur un genre de Chauve-souris, sous le nom

de Rliinolophesfi Ann. Mus. d’Hist. nat. xx. p. 263, pi. v. (head in front

view).

t Joh. Andr. Wagner, “ Diagnosen einiger neuen Arten von Nagern

und Handfliiglern,” Arch. f. Naturg. xi. 1, p. 148 ; id. “ Beschreibung

einiger kleinen Saugthiere aus Syrien und Afrika,” op. cit. xiv. 1, pp. ISO-

182 (1848).

1 W. Peters, * Naturwissenschaftliche Beise nach Mossambique,’

Saugeth. pp. 32-36, pi. vi. (whole figure, head in front view, ear), pi. xiii.

figs. 7-13 (skull, osteology of lower leg and foot). — (Peters refers to an

earlier ‘‘ Mittheilung ” about Ph. vittata in the ‘ Gesellschaft natur-

forschender Freunde/ Aug. 21, 1849; to my knowledge no Proceedings

of that Society were issued between 1839 and 1860, but reports on the

meetings are said to have appeared in the ‘ Berliner Vossische Zeitung.’)

§ Peters measures the forearm (probably the radius) of this specimen

105 mm. ; taken on the life-size figure (pi. vi.) the forearm is, according

to my method, very nearly 110 mm., thus precisely as in gigas. The

tibia is stated to be 40 mm., a measurement evidently taken on the

skeleton, inasmuch as it agrees exactly with the length of the tibia in the

osteological figure, pi. xiii. fig. 13 ; on the figure pi. vi. the lower leg is'at

45

Ilipposiderus armiger and Commersoni Types.

all the figures clearly apply to a H. gig as. This specimen,

the male, stated to have been obtained in Ibo Island, Cap

Delgado group, therefore is to be regarded as the type of

vittata , which consequently becomes a synonym of Wagner’s

gigas. The other specimen referred to by Peters (a female,

measured on pp. 35-36) is a H. C. marungensis. — Peters’s

reasons for regarding his vittata distinct from Wagner’s

gigas are given by himself as follows (p. 36) : — (1) the latter

is “ russbraun,” vittata ffrehbraun”; a more or less russet

suffusion is, however, an individual, not a specific difference :

(2) gigas has, according to Wagner, “ nur drei Falten zu

jeder Seite des Hufeisens,” whereas Peters found four in his

vittata ; but specimens of gigas from the type locality

(Benguela) examined by me have four leaflets, and Wagner’s

statement to the contrary is, as already mentioned, in all

probability wrong, or, if correct, based on an individual

aberration : (3) gigas was by Peters believed to differ “ durch

den Mangel (oder die Kleinheit ?) der Stirnoffnung ” ; it is

true that Wagner neither in 1845 nor in 1848 mentions the

frontal sac in the type of gigas; but in 1855 (Schreber’s

( Saugthiere ’), three years later than Peters’s ‘ Reise nach

Mossambique,’ he corrects this omission : (4) gigas differs

“ durch die nicht bis zur Perse herabreichenden Flughaute,”

whereas in vittata “ die Flughaute gehen bis auf die Fuss-

wurzel herab”; this is a purely individual variation (cf.

antea, p. 40, footnote * *) — Thus, none of the distinguishing

characters of vittata emphasized by Peters holds good.

Another thing is that by actual comparison of the type of

vittata (obtained in Ibo Island) with specimens of gigas from

Benguela some slight difference on other points might be

found ; but Peters’s description of the former is so detailed,

and the figures, both of the external aspect and of the

skull and dentition, so completely like H. gigas , that the

difference, if any there be, must be exceedingly small

indeed.

Phyllorhina Commersoni, x ar. marungensis; May 7th, 1887*.

• — Type locality : Qua Mpala, Marungu, W. Tanganyika. Prof.

least 44 mm., quite as in gigas. These are the only discrepancies worth

mentioning between Peters’s measurements of the type of vittata and my

own of gigas, and they are, it will be observed, apparent only, not real. — ■

The measurements of the skull and teeth, as taken on Peters’s figures of

vittata (pi. xiii. figs. 7-9) are like those of gigas.

* Th. Noack, <k Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Saugethier-Fauna von Ost-

und Central- Afrika,” Zool. Jahrb. ii. pp. 272-275, pi. x. figs. 31-33 (head

in front view ; skull in lateral and upper view ; all figures stated to be

natural size).

46 Mr. K. Andersen on the Bats of the

Noack emphasizes only one distinctive mark : the horseshoe is

“bei Commersoni unten gerade, bei alien 5 Ex. von var. marun-

gensis unten genau wie bei Phyll. cyclops rundlich lanzett-

formig ausgebogen.” This is a very suspicious character ; it

is quite true that in “ Commersoni ” ( i . e. both in the true

Commersoni and in gigas ) the front margin of the horseshoe

is approximately “ gerade 99 ; that is to say, when we examine

alcohol specimens ; but in shins it will, almost always, be

found more or less “ rundlich lanzettformig ausgebogen 99

(the meaning of these words is illustrated in Noack's fig. 31) ;

there can be small doubt, therefore, that Noack was misled

by the shrunk shape of the horseshoe in dried specimens.

That this explanation is correct seems proved, almost beyond

doubt, by a closer examination of Noack’s description and

figures: — (1) the whole set of nose-leaves (fig. 31, and

measurements on p. 273) are so extraordinarily small if

compared with the nose-leaves of alcohol specimens of

Commersoni [e. g. width of horseshoe 8’5 mm., as against

117 in Commersoni ) that, if such were really their natural

aspect, marungensis would be a very different species ; but

their size is quite as in dried skins : (2) the number of leaflets

is stated to be three (p. 272) ; the small fourth is most often

difficult to observe in skins : (3) the exceedingly narrow and

pointed ears (fig. 31) cannot have been drawn from, nor can

the drawing have been controlled by comparison with, well-

preserved alcohol specimens : (4) die Flughaut reicht bis

zu § der Tibia” (p. 274); no bat of the Commersoni type

known to me has, by far, ^ of the tibia free of the plagio-

patagium, but it often looks so in skins, owing to shrinkage

of the narrow distal part of the membrane. Eliminating

all the statements just reviewed, which, so far as I can see,

must be erroneous, there remains the de cription and figures

of the ordinary East-African representative of the C mmersoni

type, and the name marungensis is the earliest available for

this form.

Phyllorhina Commersoni , var. thomensis ; Sept. 1891*. —

Type locality : S. Thome. According to Bocage, this species

has three leaflets only ; 1 find the usual small fourth in one of

the skins at my disposal (two other skins unsuitable for this

purpose) .

Hipposiderus Commersoni mostellum; May 1st, 1901 f. —

Type locality: Tana River, British East Africa. This form

* J. V. Barboza du Bocage, “ Sur une varietd de ‘ Phyllorhina Com-

mersoni' de file St. Thomd,” Jorn. Sci. Math. &c. Lisboa, (2) ii. no. vi.

p. 88 (see also (2) vii. no. xxvi. (1901) p. 67, where a misprint in the

measurement of the ear of the female is corrected).

f Oldfield Thomas, “ Three new Bats, African and Asiatic,” Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xiii. pp. 385-386.

Hipposiderus armiger and Commersoni Types. A1

was separated under tlie supposition that Noack’s marun-

gensis was identical with Wagner’s gig as. As pointed out

above, there can scarcely be any doubt that marungensis is

the ordinary East- African form, and mostellum thus becomes

a synonym of marungensis.

General Remarks.

One primitive character, lost in diadema} has been preserved

in Commersoni and its allies, viz. the posterior ‘f cusp ” on

the upper canines. That this is a truly primitive character

is shown by the fact that it is found in the overwhelming

majority of Hipposideri, down to the most primitive species

known (compare certain Insectivora).

But the bats of the Commersoni type are on a higher level

of development than diadema and its allies, at least in the

following points : — in the, almost invariably, complete dis-

appearance of the interspace between the upper canine

and p* ; in the much more pronounced furrows on the

front face of the upper canines ; in the very strong

sagittal and lambdoid crests ; in the wing-structure ; in the

almost constant presence of an additional (fourth) leaflet ; in

the presence of a frontal sac ; in the large size. It is very

probable that most of these peculiarities are closely correlated

to (dependent on) each other : large size, powerful flight,

more advanced wing-structure ; large size, very strong teeth,

more advanced stage of the dentition, more highly differen-

tiated upper canines, much stronger cranial crests.

To sum up the probable phylogeny and interrelations of

these bats : — the Ethiopian Commersoni and Oriental diadema

types have had a common origin ; their unknown progenitor

had, as most Hipposideri , a posterior cusp on the upper

canines ; this cusp is lost in the recent modifications of the

diadema type, but preserved in Commersoni and its allies ;

the Commersoni type is, apart from this particular point,

on a markedly higher level of development than diadema.

As pointed out in the foregoing pages, three closely allied

species of the Commersoni type can be discriminated : — one,

H. Commersoni, essentially eastern (Madagascar; Mozambique

to British East Africa), but occurring also in Angola; a

second, H. gigas, essentially western (Angola to Gambia),

but extending its range also to some part of East Africa ; a

third, H. thomensis , confined to San Thome.

The presence of a comparatively well-differentiated species

in the small island of San Thome is in conformance with the

general character of the fauna (terrestrial Mollusca, Batra-

chians, Reptiles, Mammals, Birds) of that island, which

implies very long isolation from the continent.

Table of Measurements .

M T1 ip oo 10 co c© n

P ^ 2 96 1° ^ ° i o ib h

I *>

J .$>S

^ £ §

•§ r ja

o

"a «

fcriSK

On the South- American Genera Retroculus, (See .

49

VI.— ^4 Revision of the South- American Cichlid Genera

Retroculus, Geophagus, Heterogramma, and Biotoecus

By C. Tate Regan, B.A.

The genera here dealt with are distinguished from other

Cichlid® by the following combination of characters: —

Dorsal fin without notch between spinous and soft portions ;

gdl-rakers, if present, short or of moderate length' in small

or moderate number; anal fin with 3 spines ; teeth conical;

prseoperculum entire ; a compressed lobe on the upper part

of the anterior branchial arch.

Their relations to each other may be shown by means of

the following synopsis : —

I* Flrst branchial arch with the upper gill-rakers of the outer series

running at the base of the lobe ; upper lateral line well separated

from the spinous dorsal Retroculus.

II. Fiist branchial arch with the gill-rakers of the outer series, when

developed, continued on to the free edge of the lobe.

bf XII-XIX 9-14; upper lateral line well separated

yv°v sPjnous dorsai Geophagus.

I). X\ -XVI 5-7 ; upper lateral line, if complete,

separated from the dorsal fin, for most of its

-n ?? ?U}1 80ri®®. of scales Heterogramma.

D. VII- VIII 14-15; lateral line more or less rudi-

mentary Biotoecus.

I take this opportunity of gratefully acknowledging my

indebtedness to Dr. P. Steindaehner, who has given me

information as to the number of gill-rakers in Geophagus

pappaterra, Prof. B. G. Wilder, who has sent me notes on

the type of Retroculus Boulengeri and has also permitted me

to examine the excised first branchial arch of the same

specimen, and Dr. R. Gestro, who has lent the type of

Geophagus Balzani. r

Retroculus.

Retroculus, Eigenm. & Bray, Ann. Ac. N. York, vii. 1894, p 614 •

Pellegr. Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 181 (1904).

Body moderately elongate, compressed ; scales rather large,

ctenoid. Two lateral lines, the upper well separated from

the spinous dorsal. Mouth moderate; jaws equal ante-

riorly ; maxillary completely sheathed by the deep prseorbital ;

teeth conical, in bands ; no canines ; cheeks scaly ; pr<e-

operculum entire. Gill-rakers short, in moderate number ;

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvii. 4

50

Mr. C. T. Regan on the South- American

upper part of the anterior branchial arch bearing a com-

pressed lobe, with the gill-rakers at its base. A single

dorsal fin, with XYI 11 rays. Anal with III 6-7 rays.

Pectoral asymmetrical. Caudal rounded or truncate.

A single species from the Araguay.

Retroculus lapidifer.

Chromys lapidifer a, C a stein. Anim. Am. Sud, Poiss. p. 16, pi. xii. fig. 1

(1855) ; Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lxxi. 1875, p. 122.

Retroculus Boulengeri, Eigenm. & Bray, Ann. Ac. N. York, vii. 1894,

p. 014 ; Pellegr. Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 181 (1904).

Geophagus lapidifera, Pellegr. t. c. p. 199.

Depth of body 3 in the length, length of head 2f-3.

Snout long, the eye situated in the posterior half of the

head. Diameter of eye 4-5 in the length of head, depth of

prseorbital about 2^. Maxillary extending to below the

nostril ; cheek with 4-6 series of scales. First branchial

arch with 29 gill-rakers in the outer series, 15 at the base of

the lobe and 14 on the lower part of the arch ; gill-rakers of

the inner series 21, 5 at the base of the lobe, 16 on the lower

part of the arch. Scales 38-39 ^-7* Dorsal XYI 11, the

soft fin scaly at the base. Anal III 6-7. Pectoral shorter

than the head. Caudal truncate or rounded, covered with

little scales. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Yrellowish,

with darker cross-bars ; a blackish spot at the base of the

anterior rays of the soft dorsal.

R. Araguay.

The type measures 190 mm. in total length.

Geophagus.

Geophagus, Heck. Ann. Mas. Wien, ii. 1810, p. 383; Giinth. Cat.

Fish. iv. p. 315 (1862) ; Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lxxi. 1875, p. 107 ;

Eigenm. & Bray, Ann. Ac. N. York, vii. 1894, p. 621 ; Pellegr.

Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 188 (1904).

Mesops (part.), Giintli. t. c. p. 311 ; Eigenm. & Bray, l. c.

Satanoperca, Giinth. t. c. p. 313.

Biotodoma (part.), Eigenm. & Kennedy, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1903, p. 533.

Body deep or moderately elongate, compressed ; scales

ctenoid, large. Two lateral lines, the upper well separated

from the spinous dorsal. Mouth moderate ; jaws equal

anteriorly ; maxillary completely sheathed by the praeorbital ;

teeth conical, in bands ; no canines ; upper surface of head

to between the orbits, and opercular bones scaly; cheeks

usually scaly; prteoperculum entire. Gill-rakers short, in

small or moderate number (6 to 21 on the lower part of the

anterior arch) ; upper part of anterior branchial arch bearing

51

Cichlid Genera Ketroculas, Geophagus, &c.

a compressed lobe, with tlie gill-rakers at its free margin.

A single dorsal fin, with XII-XIX 9-14 rays. Anal with

III 6-9 rays. Pectoral asymmetrical, with 13-17 rays ;

ventrals below or a little behind the base of the pectoral.

Caudal rounded, truncate or emarginate, usually scaly at the

base and near the upper and lower margins.

Twelve species from S. America, including Panama.

Skeleton.

In Geophagus jurupari the supraoecipital crest is elevated

and extends forward to the anterior margin of the frontals,

which are hollowed out to form the posterior border of the

depression in which the prsemaxillary processes lie. The

parietal crests are nearly horizontal and merge into the

orbital margin. The praemaxillary processes are long, but

the snout being much produced they do not reach the frontals.

There are 28 vertebrae (15 4- 13) ; parapophyses are developed

on the praecaudal vertebrae from the third; the ribs are inserted

near the ends of the parapophyses. The third vertebra bears

a long inferior apophysis. The lower pharyngeals are united

by a straight suture.

Steindachner pointed out that Geophagus badiipinnis, Cope,

is a synonym of Chcetobratichus flavescens. This was not

accepted by Cope, who stated that the fish was a true Geophagus,

and Pellegrin includes it in this genus. After carefully

comparing Cope’s description and figure of Geophagus badii-

pinnis with specimens of Chcetobranchus flavescens , I feel

absolutely certain of their specific identity. There had

evidently been some confusion of specimens in Prof. Cope’s

collections.

Synopsis of the Species.

I. 6-17 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch.

A. Pectoral extending distinctly beyond the origin of anal.

1. Dorsal with 12 to 16 spines.

a. Pectoral extending nearly to the end of the base of anal.

D. XII-XIV 12-14 1. Balzani.

b. Pectoral not or scarcely extending beyond the middle of anal.

D. XIII-XV 9-11. Scales 30 Pectoral ex-

tending nearly to above middle of anal ; caudal

peduncle at least as long as deep 2. yymnoyenys.

D. XIV-XVI 8-10. Scales 27-28 1 * * 4-A Pectoral ex-

tending to above middle of anal ; caudal peduncle

deeper than long 3. brachyurus.

4*

52

Mr. C. T. Regan on the South- American

D. XV 9-10. Scales 29-31 A Pectoral extending

12-14 °

to above the anal spines ; caudal peduncle longer

than deep 4. cupido.

D. XV -XXL 11-12. Scales 30-31 Pectoral

extending to above the anal spines ; caudal pe-

duncle longer than deep 5. camopiensis.

2. Dorsal with 17 to 19 spines 6. surinamensis.

B. Pectoral not or scarcely extending beyond the origin of anal.

1. Pectoral extending about to above the origin of anal; last

dorsal spine from J to ^ the length of head.

D. XIV-XVI 9-10. A. IIIG-7 .. 7. jurupari.

D. XIV-XVI 10-13. A. Ill 8-9 8. brasiliensis.

2. Pectoral not extending to above the origin of anal ; last dorsal

spine § the length of head. D. XVI 10-11. A. Ill 7-8.

9. crassilabris.

II. 19-21 gill-rakers on the lower part of the anterior arch.

A. D. XV 10. A. Ill 7 ; dorsal spines subequal from the third,

which is l the length of head ; pectoral extending to above the

origin of anal 10. pappaterra.

B. I). XII-XIV 11-14. A. Ill 7-8.

Last dorsal spine | the length of head ; pectoral ex-

tending to above the vent 11. dcemon.

Last dorsal spine § the length of head ; pectoral ex-

tending to above the anal spines 12. acuticeps.

1. Geophagus Balzani.

Geopliagns Balzani, Perugia, Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) x. 1891, p. 623 ;

Pellegr. Men). Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 191 (1904).

Geophagus duodecimspinosus, Bouleng. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 524,

and Trans. Zool. Soc. xiv. 1896, pi. iv. fig. 1 ; Eigenrn. & Kennedy,

Proc. Ac. Philad. 1903, p. 535 ; Pellegr. 1. c.

Deptli of body 14 to nearly 2 in the length, length of

head nearly 3. Snout 2§-2^ in the length of head, diameter

of eye 3J-3J, interorbital width 2g-2§, depth of prseorbital

2§-2L. Maxillary not extending to below the eye; jaws

equal anteriorly ; fold of the lower lip continuous ; cheek

with 7 series of scales ; 10 or 1 1 gill-rakers on the lower

part of anterior arch. Scales 28-29 3 between lateral

line and anterior rays of soft dorsal, those of the thoracic

region small. Dorsal XII (XIII-XIV 12) 13-14, the spines

subequal or only slightly increasing from the fourth, the

last from more than ^ to nearly f the length of head.

Anal III (7) 8-9. Pectoral much longer than the head,

extending to the end of the base of anal. Caudal truncate

or slightly emarginate. Caudal peduncle |-J as long as

deep. Olivaceous; a dark stripe below the eye ; body, with

Cichlid Genera Retroculus, Geophagus, &c. .53

S^tP90ron\fet[LLeirifs’r ? each side^ a ^

eitXlight spots on the dU\fdTirre or.

^Tg ;7m“~ Dr. Ternetz.

lent ihet^hhet^nwh^U8enm' has -7 kindly

total length and is included in' Vaeasuiv's 10l‘ mm. in

Perugia s description is in some res ? .above description.

Heros central, HolmberT tR P a § lnaccurate.

from Argentina, is a species °ofdnViftriS' U 189I< P- 183),

Pellegrin in Acara, hut it m,v b “ Position placed by

allied to G. Balzani. I). XIV i A Uj l *

Cheek with 5 series of 1 * A‘ 111 8~9, Sc- r-

length (with caudal) . & GS‘ Deptli of body i the total

2. Geophagus gymnogenys .

«.f &p>, A, S„. „

Depth of body 9l_ 9j_ * it,

Snout 3 in the length of head'6 ^enrt^i of head 3.

orbital width 3-L, dejlh of praorbitald M °-„eye inter-

nearly to below the eye; faws eonal ‘ M.axiiiary extending

lower lip not continuous1 • cheek i fold of the

scales below the eye; O-S td nL efcerf fbr 2 or 3

anterior arch. Scales 30 ^ p 0r /h r ^ *»rt °f

and anterior rays of soft do«.I *1. ]>etWeen lateral line

S“al 1. ^orsadluS^P^to of the thoracic region

slightly increasing from thi 9]i/° 7llj tle sPlnes only

length of head. ^ *he Jfst nearly * thf

caleless. Pectoral longer than the I an(l anal fins

to above middle of anal r i ,hea,d ’ extending nearly

Caudal peduncle 1-1 A as ir aU a. slig-htly emarginate

ar?e pearly spot on Ich seaTe^nd srT I™™1'’ with a

the vertical fins; a dark verttal hi h °f,.S1,nilar spots on

dorsal a dark blotch on the 2<fcf?h " t °rigiu of the

Rl° Grande do Sul; Montevideo 6

O /in n , _ _

1 -• (12(3 and 129 nun ) t>‘

U1') 1x10 Grande do Sul.

Dr. II. yon Iherin<r.

54

Mr. G. T. Eegan on the South • American

Acara minuta, Plensel, appears to me to be founded on

very young examples of tins species.

3. Geophagus brachyurus .

Geophagus brachyurus, Cope, Proc. Ain. Phil. Soc. xxxiii. 1894, p. 105,

pi. ix. .fig. 18 ; Pellegr. Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 195

(1904).

Depth of body 2-2J in the length, length of head 2J-3.

Snout 2|-3 in the length of head, diameter of eye 3-4£,

interorbital width 3-3§, depth of prseorbital 3-3^. Maxillary

not extending to below the eye ; jaws equal anteriorly ; fold

of the lower lip not continuous or subcontinuous ; cheek

with 4 to 6 series of scales, the lower 2 or 3 series sometimes

deciduous ; 8 to 10 gill-rakers on the lower part ot the ante-

rior arch. Scales 27-28 1 or 2 between lateral line and

anterior rays of soft dorsal, those of the thoracic region

small. Dorsal X1Y-XYI 8-10, the spines subequal from

the fourth, the last ^ the length of head. Anal III 8-9.

Dorsal and anal fins sealeless. Pectoral longer than the

head, extending to above the middle of anal. Caudal

truncate or slightly emarginate. Caudal peduncle |-| as

long as deep. Olivaceous, with obscure darker cross-bars

and with pearly longitudinal stripes along the series of

scales of the posterior part of the body ; a dark blotch on

the middle of the side ; a dark vertical stripe through the

eye in the young, but not in the adult ; vertical fins usually

with oblique stripes, the dorsal sometimes with a dark edge;

outer half of the ventral fin blackish.

liio Grande do Sul; Uruguay.

1-2. (89 and 99 mm.) Rio Grande do Sul. Dr. II. von Ikering.

3-4. (52 and 69 mm.) Mercedes, Uruguay. O. Y. Aplin, Esq.

4. Geophagus cupido.

Geophagus cupido, Heck. Ann. Mus. Wien, ii. 1840, p.399; Pellegr.

Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 189 (1904).

Mesops cupido, Giinth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 311 (1862).

Geophagus ( Mesops ) cupido, Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lxxi. 1875, p. 107.

Depth of body 21-2§ in the length, length of head 31-34.

Snout 31 in the length of head, diameter of eye 2f, inter-

orbital width 3^, depth of prseorbital 31-34. Maxillary not

extending to below the eye ; jaws equal anteriorly ; fold of

the lower lip continuous ; cheek with 6 series of scales ; 6 to

8 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch. Scales

29-31 3 between lateral line and anterior rays of soft

CiMid Genera Retroculus, Geophagus, ^ 55

Xf?9) fcmLeSlgabot thToTe T Tf' D°rsal

subequal or slio-htlv f]PP,, • r 1 1 eulai cleft, the spines

'»• \ ,«.« 4ft tr fjiz ?= r t »«k £

fins sea eless. Pectoral longer than he I D<fSaI and anal

above the anal spines. Cauda ,K “h*l bead> extendinS to

Peduncle longer than deen TW,^ % emargmate. Caudal

from the occiput through the oost' & ^ackish stripe

angleofthepraoperculum ablactf V01' ?*rt °f e^e to the

on the lateral line belowThe soft dortl^fi USUa% ocellated,

R- Amazon - Guiana. 1 sal' fins immaculate.

(75 mm.)

2. (87 mm.)

R- Essequibo.

Tonantins.

5. Geophagus camopiensis.

Mr. Ehrliardt.

Earis Muse luu.

r, T * ^^aiupiensis.

Geophagus camopiensis, l>elWr UnU u

Me,n. School. France, J. ^

Depth of body 20--21 in i , °* (1JJ4b

Snout about 2J- in the Teno-th nf ^ a of head 2J-2J

depth of dlameter e/e3r

below the eye; jaws “*“<4 to

fiom 60 to 110 mm. in total length ^ Guiana> measure

6. Geophagus surinamensis .

^ a — ««'/ wumensis.

tyiarus surinamensis, Bloch Ai,«l t?- t

„ (D911. ’ ^ AusL FlschG> v- P. 112, pi. cclxxvii. fi. 2

Geophagus altifrons, Heck Arm nr, ^r- ..

Geophagus megasema, Heck, t c p 388^ ; U* 1840> P- S85*

Geophagus Surinam pW* *r:V i?’

Zool. France, • ’ KP soc

t:r,sr- c“z i «, p. ,»

batanoperca pro.vima, Giinth. t. c. p. 3l4.

Depth of body 2— 2^ in fb« ,, ,

2 ength, length of head 3-3?.

56

Mr. C. T. Regan on the South- American

Snout 2-3 in the length of head, diameter of eye 3-4J, inter-

orbital width 3£-3f, depth of praeorbital 2J-3J. Maxillary

not extending to below the eye ; jaws equal anteriorly ; fold

of the lower lip not continuous or subcontinuous ; cheek

with 4-9 series of scales ; 11-14 gill-rakers on the lower part

of anterior arch. Scales 33-36 2 or 3 between lateral

line and anterior rays of soft dorsal, those of the thoracic

region very small. Dorsal XVII *-XIX 11-12 (13), com-

mencing above the opercular cleft, the spines subequal from

the fifth or sixth, the last J— J the length of head ; dorsal

fin naked in the young, in the adult with the basal parts of

the interradial membranes covered with small scales. Anal

III 7-9. Pectoral 1^-1 J the length of head, extending to

beyond origin and sometimes nearly to posterior end of anal.

Caudal truncate, with the uppermost ray often slightly pro-

duced. Caudal peduncle 1 J-l^ as long as deep. Olivaceous,

sometimes with obscure cross-bars, and with a blackish spot

on the middle of the side ; vertical fins with series of dark

spots.

R. Amazon ; Guiana.

1. (174 mm.)

2-6. (126-188 mm.)

7. (150 mm.)

8-10. (111-233 mm.)

11. (88 mm.)

12. (99 mm.)

13. (244 mm.)

14. (220 mm.)

15-24. (82-207 mm.)

Surinam.

Guiana.

11. Capin, Para.

Obidos.

Cameta.

Man a os.

Teffe.

Sir It. Schomburgk.

Mr. Kappler.

Zool. Society.

Mus. Comp. Zool.

Prof. A. Agassiz.

Mr. J. C. Antony.

Dr. J. Bach.

7. Geopliagus jurupari,

Geopliagus jurupari, Heck. Ann. Mus. Wien, ii. 1840, p.392; Cope,

Proc. Ac. Philad. xxiii. 1872, p. 251 ; Steind. Denkschr. Ak. Wien,

xlvi. 1883, p. 2 ; Pellegr. Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 195

(19°4).

Geopliagus leucostictus , Mull. & Trosch. in.Sckomb. Reis, in Brit.

Guiana, iii. p. 625 (1848).

Satanoperca jurupari, Giinth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 313 (1862).

Satanoperca leucosticta , Giinth. t. c. p. 314.

Satanoperca macrolepis, Giiuth. 1. c.

Geopliagus (Satanoperca) jurupari, Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lxxi. 1875,

p. J20.

Depth of body 2§-2§ in the length, length of head 2|-3.

Snout 2-2§ in the length of head, diameter of eye 3-4^,

interorbital width 3-3£, depth of praeorbital 2^-3. Maxillary

not extending to below the eye ; jaws equal anteriorly; fold

* 19 spines in one specimen only.

CkliUd Genera Retroculus, Geophagus, 57

scales6- 1l°fier-n‘P i“0t continucras ; cheek with 4-7 series of

rays of soft T between lateral line and anterior

Dorsal (XIV) XV^vJ Tltf th“ ™aU.

sTdlT’t laf * ^

produced Pe«aasnion:Caly f*e base’ ““'e ^ ^

extending to above the origin* of f JnZ^CanTl ^

Caudal peduncle nearly as loL as dren rir d“ trunc.ate-

of the head with liVlit ? d(!ep. Olivaceous; siaes

Amazon; Guiana.

1. (127 mm.) type of

S. macrolepis.

2. (73 mm.)

3. (130 mm.)

4. (200 mm.)

5. (220 mm.)

6. Skeleton.

Guiana.

Lago de Maximo.

Coary.

Teffe.

Coary.

Coary.

8. Geophagus brasiliensis.

Sir R. Schomburgk.

Mus. Comp. Zool.

Mus. Comp. Zool.

I)r. Bach.

Prof. A. Agassiz.

Prof. A. Agassiz.

rZT18 bra.siliensis> Q«oy & Gaim. Voy. Uran Poiss n 286 nao a\

^T(SP’ CaStelD- A“im- im' Sad,

Chromis unimaculata, Casteln. 1. c. pi. vii. fio- 2

Chromis obscura, Casteln. t. c. p. 14, pi. vi. fi'o- 3

Acara brasiliensis, Giinth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 278 a86‘A

Acai a gymnopuma, Giinth. 1. c. ^ ~ '

Acara obscura, Giinth. t. c. p. 281.

Acara unipunctata, Giinth. t c p 283

Geophagus rhabdotm, Hens, t c p’eO ’ P' 192 <1904>-

Geophagus bucephalus, Hens. t. c. p. 63

Geophagus labiatus, Hens, tc p 64

Geophagus scymnophilus, Hens. t. c. p 65

geophagus pygmceus , Hens. t. c. p. 68

Geophagus obscura, Pellegr. t. c. p. 193.

SnJuT^^n^the^e 1 H, ^ ,eDgth °f head abo«t 3-

dia“etef 1 e-ve 21-54

illary extending ^

lower part of anterior arch. Scales 27-30 1J or 2

between lateral line and anterior rays of soft dorsal, those of

the thoracic region smaller than on the sides of the body.

Dorsal XIY-X VI 10-13, the spines increasing in length to

the last, which is J the length of head ; soft fin usually

with a few scales at the base in the adult. Anal III 8-9.

Pectoral as long as the head, extending to above the origin

of anal. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle nearly as long

as deep. Olivaceous, often with light blue spots on the sides

of the head and body ; a blackish blotch on the middle of

the side ; in the young a blackish stripe from occiput through

eye to angle of prseoperculum ; spinous dorsal brownish,

with or without light longitudinal stripes ; soft dorsal and

anal with oblique light and dark stripes or series of spots, at

least posteriorly; caudal with vertical light and dark stripes.

Eastern Brazil.

1.

2-9.

10-15.

16-17.

18-19.

20-22.

23-27.

28-32.

33-34.

35.

(130 mm.) type of A. gymnopoma.

(70-220 mm.)

(110-227 mm.)

(157 and 171 mm.

(178 and 199 mm.

(95-113 mm.)

(93-136 mm.)

(93-178 mm.)

(157-244 mm.)

(203 mm.)

Bahia.

Bahia.

Brazil.

Santos.

It. Parahyba.

Itio Grande do Sul.

Porto Real, Rio

Janeiro.

Rio Janeiro.

Rio Janeiro.

Dr. Wucherer.

I)r. Wucherer.

Lord Stuart.

Mr. Salmin.

Mus. Comp. Zool.

Dr. II. von Ihering.

M. Hardy du Diene uf.

Prof. A. Agassiz.

Capt. Milner.

9. Geophagus crassilabris .

Geophagus (Satanoperca) crassilabris, Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lxxiv.

1877, p. 65, pi. vii.

Geophagus jurupari (non Heck.), Vaill. Bull. Mus. Paris, 1897, p. 221.

Satanoperca crassilabris, Jord. & Everm. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii.

1898, p. 1542.

Geophagus crassilabris, Pellegr. Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903,

p. 196 (1904).

Depth of body 2| in the length, length of head 2§. Snout

li in the length of head, diameter of eye 5, interorbital

width 3§, depth of prseorbital 2J. Maxillary not extending

to below the eye ; jaws equal anteriorly ; lips thick, the fold

of the lower not continuous; cheek with 5 or 6 series of

scales ; 14 or 15 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior

arch. Scales 30-31 gifi, 24 between lateral line and anterior

rays of soft dorsal. Dorsal XYI 10-11, the spines subequal

or only slightly increasing from the fifth, the last J the

length of bead. Anal III 7-8. Dorsal and anal fins

scalelcss. Pectoral the length of head, extending to

Cichlid Genera Ketroculiu, Geophagus, &c. 59

a^JmifasTep Cauf1al Peduncle about

steasa •—

length. tyPkal eXampIe rneasures about 190 mm. in total

~ . 10- Geophagus pappaterra.

Geophagus pappaterra, Heck Ann at

Pellegr. JVIem. Soc. Zool. Fra nre xViMZWl%0il 184°, P- 396;

Satanoperca pappaterra, Giinth Cat Pi 1 ^ P' H (]904^

Geophagus (Satanoperca) pappaterra ^ 7’ fr 818 ^862).

1876, p. 120. J pappatei ra, Stand. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lxxi.

^ 3i the

the length rfheKTl^hf tf th®. head’ ^diaraeteTJ i„

of praeorbital ifthe width- Depth

tending to below the eye • fold of th7f ! maxillai7 "ot ex-

cheek with 6 series of scaled 19 °7r llp col'tinuous •

Part of the anterior arch ; 14 rows ^ I °n the lower

and ventral tins, 0f which +h» °f scales between dorsal

scales. Dorsal XV 10 the snW> “l!d,dle ro'v comprises 32

^hich is i the length of head Tof rbeqiUal ,fr0m tbe ^rd,

■Sectoral as long as the head’ exte not ;scal.V'- Anal 111 7.

anal. Yellowish with 7 nh«P n in®, above origin of

longitudinal ! broad" dark

unspotted. peicuJura to base of caudal ; fins

ft. Guapori.

length. tjPiCal eXam^le me—es about 200 mm. in total

^ 7 11 • Gcophagus daemon.

Or eophagus deemon, Heck Ann \r„. xkt

^ (w o!)0’ P* 389’ PelIe^

*Kr <^«> fai. 18JS>

s.,«ri l“*d ”'"<r 3-

mterorbital width ahnnt i °7, ePad' dlarneter of eve 4

Maxilla ry not extending to'hH^^i^ praeorbital about 21 ’

bp not continuous; cl" elc **6,0^- f°,d °f the

gih-rakers on the lower part nf ° of SCales i ^

‘^3 & Dorsal XIII- XIV p 1 ^ £” ^ ^

in length to the list ,„i • , • , the spmes ‘“creasing

last, winch is * the length of head

60

Mr. C. T. Regan on the South- American

Anal III 8. Dorsal ancl anal fins scaleless. Pectoral as

long as the head, extending to above the vent. Caudal

peduncle a little longer than deep. Olivaceous ; a dark spot

on the middle of the side ; an ocellus on the upper part of

the base of caudal ; dorsal with alternate light and dark

stripes.

R. Amazon.

The typical example measures 290 mm. in total length.

12. Geophagus acuticeps.

Geophcigus acuticeps, Heck. Ann. Mus. Wien, ii. 1840, p.394 ; Pellegr.

Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 191 (1904).

Satanoperca acuticeps , Giinth. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 312 (1802).

Geophaqus (Satanojierca) acuticeps , Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lxxi. 1875,

p. 117.

Depth of body 2§-2§ in the length, length of head 3-3

Snout 2^-2§ in the length of head, diameter of eye 3|-3j,

interorbital width 3-3 depth of prseorbital 3-3§. Max-

illary not extending to below the eye; jaws equal anteriorly;

fold of the lower lip continuous ; cheek with 5-7 series of

scales ; 19-21 gill-rakers on the lower part of anterior arch.

Scales 30-31 2 or 2J between lateral line and anterior

rays of soft dorsal, those of the thoracic region small.

Dorsal XIII (XII-XIY) 11-12, the spines subequal or only

slightly increasing from the fourth or fifth, the last § the

length of head. Anal III 7-8. Soft dorsal and anal not

scaly at the base, considerably produced. Pectoral longer

than the head, extending to above the anal spines. Caudal

truncate. Caudal peduncle about as long as deep. Oliva-

ceous ; a dark spot on the upper part of the base of caudal ;

soft dorsal sometimes spotted.

R. Amazon.

1. (140 mm.) R. Cupai.

2-4. (80-119 mm.) Teffe.

5. (]70mm.) Teffe.

6. (220 mm.) Teff4.

IIeterogramma, gen. nov.

Mesops (part.), G until. Cat. Fish. iv. p. 311 (1862).

Geophagus (part.), Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1872, p. 250 ; Steind. Sitzb.

Ak. Wien, lxxi. 1875, p. 107 ; Eigenm. & Bray, Ann. Ac. N. York,

vii. 1894, p. 621.

Biotodoma * (non Eigenm. & Kennedy), Pellegr. Mem. Soc. Zool.

France, xvi. 1903, p. 186 (1904).

* Eigenmann and Bray proposed Mesops cupido as the type of Mesops.

Subsequently the name Biotodoma was given. by Eigenmann and Kennedy

Mus. Comp. Zool.

Prof. A. Agassiz.

Paris Museum.

CichUd Genera Retroculus, Geophagus, &c. 61

ctenoid Two" COmPressed 5 . scales large

upwards to the spinous dorsal from ^ hru^nmS obliquely’

separated by not more than l’ series of .soaief fomPlete> 14 is

course; posterior part of upper lateral I ' f°r most of its

ime sometimes wanting. Mou h snud "6 ^ the lower

or not; a band of small conical toSh U; max,,llarJ exposed

surface of head scaly to between the m-bi t ° ’ “T h Upper

opercular bones scaly- urmonercnl, ° ts ; cheeks and

the upper part of the anterior hr!, Th T*'”! A lobe 0,1

very few aud small, sometimes entt^'3 a*‘?h ; gll]-™kers

dorsal fin, with XV-XVT 5 7 ,• y ^ wanting. A single

Dorsal and anal fins sSes^ rXaltv ^ ^ 6^

11 -1 2 ray° : Caudal rounded or po nted d°ymmetncal> ™th

FlVe or species from S. America

Synopsis of the Species.

I. Lateral lines complete,

dnout much shorter than eye • last rW* l •

than § the length of hltd Spine more

n°leng&SeldnS “ 8yB laSt ^ |-f the taniatUm-

Cf^ZmhTl &0m the^; caudal peduncle J as

B- from thJ ^ pedTLu ,

SI tin

A dark strine from u peumen of 38 mm.),

stripe alono- each series of &T ° ^ ca,udal > a dark

of the body0 ™S 0f 8cales on ‘he lower part

Length of head 1 the length of the fish anV A ’ t " ' ’ 4' commbra;.

the mterorbital width /;n . aild times

A dark .trip? ftSi e^to*r,me?0f' 30 mm)’

oblique dark strinefrnm *Te 01 calldal i

of anal . . . . P , _TOm base of Pectoral to origin

5. trifasciatum.

1. Heterogramma tamialum.

Mesops tcenicttus , Giinth Pnf u •

°7!T ^W^^S^rVlen, kxi. 1875,

62

Mr. C. T. Regan on the South- American

Biotodoma tceniatum , Pellegr. Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 187

(1904).

Depth of body 2f in the length, length of head 3. Snout

much shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 2f in the

length of head, interorbital width 3£. Depth of prseorbital

§ the diameter of eye. Maxillary extending to below ante-

rior 4 of eye ; jaws equal anteriorly; fold of the lower lip

continuous ; cheek with 3 series of scales ; no scales on the

praeoperculum j 3 or 4 very small gill-rakers on the lower

part of anterior arch. Scales 23 | ; upper lateral line ex-

tending to below posterior part of spinous dorsal, from which

it is separated by only 1 or | a scale for most of its course.

Dorsal XV (XVI) 6 (7), the spines increasing in length to

the last, which is more than | the length of head. Anal

III 6, the third spine slightly more than ^ the length of

head. Pectoral a little longer than the head. Caudal

rounded. Caudal peduncle £ as long as deep. A blackish

longitudinal band from eye to base of caudal ; an oblique

blackish stripe from eye to interoperculum ; a dark stripe

from eye to mouth ; membrane between the first 3 dorsal

spines blackish; a blackish spot at the base of caudal ; soft

vertical fins more or less distinctly spotted.

R. Amazon; Guiana.

1 . (60 mm.) type of the species. It. Cupai. FI. W. Bates, Esq.

2. Heterogramma Agassizii.

Genphagus ( Mesops ) Agassizii, Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lxxi. 1875,

p. Ill, pi. viii. fig. 2.

Biotodoma Agassizii, Pellegr. Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903,

p. 187 (1904).

Depth of body 2§-3 in the length, length of head 2f-3.

Snout a little shorter than the eye, the diameter of which is

3 in the length of head and equal to the interorbital width.

Depth of prseorbital a little more than \ the diameter of eye.

Maxillary extending a little beyond the vertical from anterior

margin of eye ; jaws equal anteriorly; fold of the lower lip

continuous ; cheek with 3 series of scales ; no scales on the

prseoperculum ; 4 very small gill -rakers on the lower part of

anterior arch. Scales 23 U ; upper lateral line extending

to below posterior part of spinous dorsal, from which it is

separated by only \ a series of scales for most of its course.

Dorsal XV-XVI 7, the spines only slightly increasing in

length after the fifth, the last }2-% the length of head.

Anal III 6, the third spine as long as the last of the dorsal.

ClMd Geneva Rehoculus, Geonha™ ,

t** «

SSpsaws aisr?»irat:

TilZT" °’ fe“ «-% “p«S‘“" *d*e > <«'•

in length! CTlh<^ b7 St«"niachnermeasnreup tubs mm

‘““SKTS.^ P™' ** IW 1872 „.

daehner and by Pelle»nin "“"A'111' of U taniatum by Stein'

and shorter dLal ?™, .fel. U«lo„gl„“

resembles in most other respects' f9asnm’ 'vhlch it closelv

r~a ““ ^ VenSsas ifsasi

3. Heterogramma Borellii, sp n

or 3 senes of scales; no sealesP n *t'nuous 1 cheek with 2

istinct gill-rakers on the lower part pr*°Perci'lum ; no

Scales 22-24 f ; upper lateral line fu]|v / "'tenor a!'ch-

scales only ; lower lateral line rudim "t deveIoPed on 3-8

wanting. Dorsal XVI 5-« re„ tar-y or completely

seventh, the last ^ L tie

Pectoral as long as the head. Caudal ^ Anal 111 6-7.

Caudal peduncle f as long as dee R d?d or Pointed,

cioss-bars, bearing a series of l-J * i •^ro!rnis*b with darker

middle of the side ; a curved bJotcbes along the

region through posterior part of ev^i St-ripe from temporal

oblique dark stripe from eye to mmftl mt,eroPerculum ; an

some light blue spots and lines ; ,Sldes of head with

narrow blackish edge • soft do ’ ,dorsa an<i anal with a

64

Mr. C. T. Regan on the South- American

more slender dorsal spines (the last § the length of head)

and produced soft fins (except the pectoral), the soft dorsal

and anal extending to the posterior part of caudal, the ventral

to posterior part of anal, and the middle caudal rays being

from more than f to nearly \ the length of the fish (without

caudal) ; in the females the last dorsal spine is \ the length

of head, the soft fin does not extend beyond the middle of

caudal, the ventral reaches the anal spines, and the middle

caudal rays are J to less than § the length of the fish.

Upper course of the Paraguay.

1-4. (25-55 mm.) types of Carandasiiiho, Matto Dr. A. Borelli.

the species. Grosso.

5-7. (35-44 mm.). Colonia Risso. Dr. A. Borelli.

4. Heterogramma commerce *.

Mesops tcenicitus (part.), Bouleng. Boll. Mils. Torin. x. 1895, no. 196,

p. 33.

Biotodoma commbrce, Eigenm., M.S,

Depth of body 2J-2f in the length, length of head 2f-3.

Snout shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 2§— 2f in the

length of head, interorbital width 3^-3?. Depth of praeorbital

the diameter of eye. Maxillary extending to below

anterior margin of eye; jaws equal anteriorly ; fold of the

lower lip continuous ; cheek with 3 series of scales ; no

scales on the prseoperculum ; no distinct gill-rakers on the

lower part of anterior arch. Scales 23-24 ; upper lateral

line fully developed on 5 to 10 scales only ; lower lateral

line rudimentary or absent. Dorsal XVI 5-6, the spines

subequal from the fourth, the last ^ the length of head.

Anal III 6-7 (in one specimen IV 5). Pectoral a little

shorter than the head. Caudal rounded. Caudal peduncle

f-^ as long as deep. Brownish, with darker cross-bars

forming a series of blotches below the dorsal fin ; a con-

tinuous dark stripe from eye to base of caudal, forming a

large blotch on the caudal peduncle ; each series of scales of

the lower part of the body with a more or less distinct dark

* In reply to a query asking whether the number of spines in the

dorsal fin of Biotodoma trifasciatum had been correctly stated, Prof.

Eigenmann kindly wrote to me that the type has 16 dorsal spines. He

also sent me photographs of the three Paraguayan species of this genus,

viz. H. Borellii (named by him B. teeniatum), II. trifasciatum , and the

present species, named B. commbrce, which I had intended describing

under another name. I have kept back this paper in the hope that his

memoir containing the descriptions of these species might be published ;

but this not having occurred, I have taken his name for this species,

which should be called II. commbrce , Eigenm.

65

Ciclilid Genera Retroculus, Geophagus, c&c.

longitudinal stripe ; a dark stripe from eye to mouth and

another from eye to interoperculum ; dorsal with a blackish

edge; posterior part of soft dorsal and anal and middle of

caudal sometimes spotted.

Upper course of the Paraguay.

1. (38 mm.) Carandasihho, Matto Grosso. Dr. A. Borelli.

2-5. (24-38 mm.) Colonia Risso. Dr. A. Borelli.

5. Hetero gramma trifasciatum.

Mesops tcsniatus (part.), Bouleng. Boll. Mas. Torin. x. 1895, no. 198,

p. 33.

Biotodoma trifasciatum , Eigen ra. & Kennedy, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1903,

p. 536 ; Pellegr. Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 188 (1904).

Depth of body 2J-2j in the length, length of head 3.

Snout shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 2f in the

length of head, interorbital width 3J> Depth of pneorbital

J the diameter of eye. Maxillary extending to below ante-

rior margin of eye; jaws equal anteriorly; fold of the

lower lip continuous ; cheek with 3 series of scales ; no

scales on the prseoperculum ; no distinct gill-rakers on the

lower part of anterior arch. Scales 24 j ; upper lateral line

fully developed on 7-9 scales only; lower lateral line rudi-

mentary. Dorsal XV-XVI 6, the spines subequal from the

fourth, the last J the length of head. Anal III 5-6.

Caudal peduncle scarcely deeper than long. Brownish ; a

dark longitudinal stripe from eye to base of caudal, con-

tinued anteriorly from eye to mouth ; an oblique dark stripe

from eye to interoperculum, another from base of pectoral

to origin of anal.

Upper course of the Paraguay.

1. (30 mm.) Colonia Risso. Dr. A. Borelli.

The specimen described above appears to have a some-

what smaller head and broader interorbital space than one

of H. commit ce of the same size. The very different coloration

leaves no doubt as to the distinctness of this species.

Biotoecus.

Saraca (non Walk.), Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lxxi. 1875, p. 125.

Biotoecus, Eigenm. & Kennedy, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1903, p. 533 ;

Pellegr. Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 199 (1904).

Differs from Geophagus and Heterogramma in the structure

of the dorsal fin, which has VII-YI1I 13-14 rays. Lateral

line usually rudimentary; caudal slightly emarginate.

A single species from the Amazon.

Ann . & Mag . N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvii.

5

G6

Trof. McIntosh’s Notes from the

Biotoecus opercularis.

Saraca opercularis, Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lxxi. 1875, p. 125.

Biotoecus opercularis, Pellegr. Mem. Soc. Zool. France, xvi. 1903, p. 199

(1904).

Depth of body 3§-4 in the length, length of head 3.

Snout as long as eye, the diameter of which is 3J in the

length of head and 1 J times the interorbital width. Prae-

maxillaries protractile, the length of their processes 2-2§ in

that of the head ; maxillary completely sheathed by the

prseorbital, extending to below anterior margin of eye ;

lower jaw slightly projecting ; depth of praeorbital ^ the

diameter of eye; cheek with 4 series of scales. Scales

29-30 f. Dorsal VII-VIII 13-14. Anal III 7. Caudal

slightly emarginate, scaly at the base, the upper ray often

elongate. Caudal peduncle longer than deep, its length \ of

the length of the fish (without caudal). A dark spot on the

operculum, another at the base of caudal ; a series of dark

blotches on the upper part of the body ; anterior and upper

edge of spinous dorsal blackish ; caudal with alternate clear

and dark spots.

Total length about 50 mm.

Lake Saraca, R. Amazon.

VII. — Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews.

No. XXV II. By Prof. MTntosh, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &c.

[Plates II. & III.]

1. On a very young Stage of Phycis blennoides, Bl.

2. On the Female Ileteronereid of Nereis pelagica, L.

3. On Bifid Nemerteans ( Cerebratulus anyulatus, 0. F. M., = marginaius,

Renier ?) from Aberdeen Bay and Naples.

4. On Amphiporus hastatus, MTntosh.

1. On a very young Stage of Phycis blennoides, Bl.

The example was kindly brought under notice by Dr. J.

IT. Ashworth, of Edinburgh University, who procured it

from the Mediterranean. It was captured by a skilful

collector of marine organisms off Messina in April 1905, and

it appears that no such specimen has been seen, at any rate,

for 25 years.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 67

The little fish (PI. II. figs. 1 & 2) has a total length of

35 mm., and the vertical diameter of the body at the vent

is 3 mm., whilst the long pelvic fins reached a length of

13 mm. No silvery sheen is present in the preparation.

The pigment has been removed to a considerable extent by

the spirit, but five distinct and broad bars occur along the

sides, and traces of a sixth appear at the narrow region

in front of the caudal. Moreover, several of these are

faintly continued at the ventral surface. The first lies

behind the pectoral. The dorsum of the head also shows

blackish pigment, and a band of the same pigment extends

within the margin of the second dorsal about a third of its

length posteriorly, a similar band characterising the border

of the anal fin. In both fins the posterior end of the band

is broadest. A deep furrow (the lateral line) runs from the

caudal to the pectoral along the middle of the body, but

anteriorly the mucus-glands leave the furrow about the long

diameter of the pectorals behind them, gently slope upward,

and then pass straight forward to the head. The same

arrangement is met with in the adolescent and in the adult,

and also in the young ling.

The pectorals, which are directed obliquely upward, appear

to have fewer rays than in the adult, for only thirteen are

distinct, a fewq however, appear to be fused at the lower

border. The first dorsal has 9 rays, and none is specially

lengthened ; whereas in the adolescent the long whip-like

tip of this fin is conspicuous, especially as it has black

pigment. This elongation is likewise a feature in the adult,

though the fin is proportionally shorter than in the adoles-

cent. The second dorsal has about 78 rays— considerably

more than in the type; and the anal has 74, also more than

in the adult. In all probability, therefore, fusion of some

of these occurs at the anterior or posterior end — if the

diagnosis be correct. The caudal presents a series of short

rays along the upper and lower edges anteriorly, but these

subsequently appear to be so fused as to be indistinguishable.

Thus 49 rays can be counted from the one edge to the

other, whereas in the adult there are 15-18 rays. The type

of tail in the adult, moreover, thus diverges from that of the

example from Messina.

The jugular ventral fins have a powerful origin in front

of the pectorals, and show 3 rays. They appear to be of

nearly uniform diameter for a considerable distance, then

about the commencement of the terminal third expand into

a fusiform blade with the inner ray projecting as a terminal

process. The outer ray is shorter than the rest, and thus a

68

Prof. McIntosh’s Notes from the

gradation occurs*. The black pigment is most developed

on the posterior surface of the fin, and is especially

conspicuous in the expanded portion. The fins are also

pigmented ventrally, so that both surfaces are dark. In the

adolescent and adult the tips of these rays are long and

filiform, and in the former traces of the expansion forming

the blade and the pigment are still visible, and to a less

extent in some adults, though the fin has altered its type,

being stouter at the base and filiform at the tip. In the one

case the fin is a balancing organ, whilst in the other it is

probably a tactile one. In the young these fins are as long

as in the curious Gadoid Bregmaceros.

Stout, sharp, recurved teeth occur in the premaxillse,

maxillae, and mandible. The premaxillae and maxillae have

an upward slope, and the mandible projects beyond. The

eye is proportionally large, and has once and a half the

distance behind it that it has anteriorly. A small barbel

(much less than in Motella) lies in the anterior pit of the

mandible.

The young stages of Phycis seem to be rare. Mr. Boulenger

informs me that the smallest specimen in the British

Museum is about 10 centimetres (nearly 4 inches). Bisso

regarded certain young specimens as a distinct species

( Phycis Gmelini), and thought they led a solitary life in the

shallow water of the littoral zone, \yhereas the shoals of the

adults frequented deeper water with a soft bottom. Liitken f

alludes to what he considers the young of Phycis hlennoides,

28 mm. long, and with ventrals measuring 12 mm., from the

neighbourhood of Messina. He is of opinion that Hypsiptera

argentea , Gunther J, 24 lines long, which the latter author

placed in the Scombridae, after Echeneis, is the larval form

of Phycis mediterranea from the open sea, and in this Emery

agreed with him. Mr. Boulenger, however, states that while

it is allied to Phycis it is quite a different form. It

has a greyish-green back, and the fins are transparent, no

mention being made of the coloration of the ventrals, wdiich

have 3 or 4 rays, it may be because the pigment had

disappeared in the preparation. The ventrals, however, are

considerably shorter than in the ling or Phycis , so that

though allied and a Gadoid, it may not be Phycis , and with

* In the 1 Scandinavian Fishes ’ the third ray of these fins in P. blen-

noides is stated to be the longest, the colour of the fin reddish with a

dash of yellow, while the free tips are white.

t Videnskab. Medel. Naturhist. Foren. Kjdbenhavn, 1881, p. 252.

t Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. ii. p. 386 (I860).

Gatty Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews. 09

this view Mr. Boulenger coincides. It agrees with Phycis

in the condition of the dorsal and anal fins, in the snout, in

the elevation of the pectorals, and in the long ventrals

being jugular and having 3-4 thread-like rays. It differs

from the present form in being silvery with a greyish-green

back, in the upper jaw overhanging the lower, in having

only six rays to the first dorsal, and in having at this early

stage a subtruncated caudal.

It is noteworthy that Couch * was fortunate in securing a

young example of Phycis blennoides measuring 4 inches

in length, which was drawn up in the shell of a living

Pinna from 40 fathoms, and the outline of this specimen

affords an interesting contrast with that from the surface at

Messina. In Couch's example of 4 inches the first dorsal

has long anterior rays with black pigment, and the propor-

tions of the second dorsal and anal agree with those of the

younger form, but the dark pigment of both fins is marginal,

whereas it is within the margin in the preparation of the

younger. The pectoral is represented as passing to the fifth

ray of the second dorsal, and therefore considerably longer

than in the younger. The ventrals only reach the anterior

rays of the anal and are bifid. The caudal is rounded

posteriorly, the tail in the figure being almost lozenge-

shaped, a form perhaps partly due to preservation. It

would appear, however, to be the slightly modified tail of

the younger fish from Messina, and thus differs from the

truncated tail of the adolescent and adult at St. Andrews f,

though Day in this connexion says “ caudal rounded or

square." The size of the barbel is considerable, and the

upper jaw now projects beyond the mandible. From the

diminished proportional size of the eye and other changes

the distance in front of the eye is greater in proportion to

that in rear of it than in the younger. The maxilla also

reaches to a vertical behind the eye. The body is more

massive, the depth at the pectorals especially being marked.

The lateral line is not indicated. In coloration the specimen

was “ light grey, anterior portion and end of the first dorsal

black, its posterior border bright white, border of the second

dorsal and tail black." In the woodcut a black border is

also present on the anal, and Day describes the anal as

“ edged with black with a narrow white outer edge."

Luigi Facciola J, in November 1882, described a young

* Brit. Fishes, iii. p. 128, and woodcut, p. 129 (1864).

t Vide also Couch, Brit. Fishes, ii. p. 303 (plate).

\ 1 11 Naturalista Siciliano/ Anno ii. no. 2, p. 25.

70 Prof. MHntosli’s Notes from the

form of Pliycis belennoides which he had procured oil the

18th February from the same region as the present example,

viz. off Messina. If his figure is reliable this has a propor-

tionally deep body, and the first dorsal is separated from the

second by a greater interval than occurs in the present

example or in the young ling*. The caudal has a straight

posterior border, whereas both in the young ling and in the

young Phycis dealt with here the caudal is rounded, a

condition not uncommon in very young postlarval forms,

which subsequently may have a straight or nearly straight

posterior border to the caudal. The Italian author gives the

caudal about 22 rays. The first dorsal apparently has its

third and fourth rays longer than the others, and there are

8 in all. The second dorsal has 50 rays; the ventral has

3 rays and extends beyond the vent, an interradial membrane

with black pigment separating the rays„ so that in the figure

the proportions are those met with in a rockling — the

outline forming an elongated triangle. Facciola describes

the pectoral as attenuate at the tip, which reaches a vertical

from the vent and has 17 rays, the length being thus much

greater than in the present form, and the shape is equally

divergent. The scales had 4 or 5 concentric lines. The

lateral line was indistinct. The general aspect of the fish

was silvery with specks of black pigment here and there,

and a dark ventral band posteriorly. The swim-bladder had

two anterior horns, and there were 30 vertebrae. A barbel

of moderate length occurred on the chin. He concludes

from the outline of the pyloric appendages (15), the shape

of the swim-bladder, the scales, and other particulars that his

example was a young Phycis blennoides. Further remarks

on this example follow.

i

The account given by the authors of the f Scandinavian

Fishes 9 of the fry of Phycis and the figure just alluded to

from the f Sicilian Naturalist 3 differ from the present form,

for they state that cc young specimens of 30-35 mm. are of

a si very mackerel-like colour, resembling the fry of the

rocklings. The four or three rays of the long ventral fins

are united by a black pigmented membrane as in the fry of

the ling.” Now the present example is only 35 mm. in

length, yet it diverges much from the young Motella of the

same length, and it w'ould not be possible to spread out its

ventral fins as shown in the figure cited, which resembles

Motella except in the first dorsal. Either the specimen

* MTntosh & Prince, Trans. R. S. E. vol. xxxv. pi. xviii. figs. 3 & 4.

71

Gutty Marine Laboratory } St. Andrews.

figured is a much earlier stage than the present example

from Messina, or the latter is not a Phycis. The present

specimen resembles the young ling figured in the “ Re-

searches ” * in general aspect, in the rounded condition of

the first dorsal, and the distance which a vertical from the

vent is behind the commencement of the second dorsal.

For both of these, as well as the present, the position of

the vent places the commencement of the ventral further

back than in the adult ling, so that it might be supposed the

young fork-beard was dealt with rather than the young ling —

especially as the rays in the long ventrals are so few (3-d).

These fins, however, in the young ling never attain the

tenuity of those in the fork-beard, and the outline of the body

of the ling is less slender, and the barbel in the ling of the

same length or even less is longer. Additional specimens,

however, are required to clear up all the features. In a

young ling of 3 inches the first dorsal has 14-15 rays, and

the second dorsal 63-66. The ventrals have considerably

more rays than in Phycis. Moreover, the localization of

the expanded region to the commencement of the terminal

third in the latter ( Phycis ) is diagnostic. The present

young example from Messina differs from the adult, again,

in the absence of elongated rays in the first dorsal, in which

it agrees with Phycis mediterranean from which, however, it

differs in having longer ventrals. It differs from the adult

in the projection of the mandible beyond the premaxillae,

but a similar difference might with equal reason be urged in

the case of the young haddock, in which the mandible in

the very young projects beyond the upper jaw, the reverse

obtaining in the adult, which has an underhung lower jaw.

The longer rays of the first dorsal probably become con-

spicuous at a later stage — just as the form of the tail alters

from the rounded to the truncated condition. While

agreeing with Phycis mediterranean as already stated, in the

first dorsal, it differs from it in the much longer ventrals,

since they extend far beyond the origin of the anal, in the

greater number of rays in the second dorsal and anal fins,

in the shorter barbel, and in the colour of the ventrals, which

is stated by Dr. Gunther to be “ brownish immaculate.5'

In the ‘ Scandinavian Fishes 5 it is stated that a large round

spot of dark brown occurs about the middle of the dorsal fin

in young specimens. This has not been observed in the very

young or adolescent.

It would appear that some adult examples are of a more

* M'lntosh & Prince, Trans. II. S. E. vol. xxxv. pi. xviii. figs. 3 & 4.

72

Prof. McIntosh’s Notes from the

elongated outline than others, and one of these is figured by

Couch * as the “ Blennoid Fork-beard.” In this instance the

ventral fins scarcely reach the vent.

2. On the Female Ileteronereid of Nereis pelagica, L.

In a former note on the British Nereids f it was stated

that, though Elders had recorded a heteronereid female of

Nereis pelagica, only male heteronereids had hitherto come

under examination at St. Andrews. This uncertainty has

now been removed by the occurrence from September to

February of the earlier stages formerly mentioned, and about

this period and somewhat later of the fully developed

heteronereid female. Indeed, it is possible that in some

localities the change may occur earlier, since two examples

of a female heteronereid, apparently of this species, were

procured by Mr. Gray in October 1904 in the stomach of a

salmon at Berwick-on-Tweed.

Before the heteronereid condition is developed, the female

Nereis pelagica is distinguished by the lustrous deep brownish

or bronzed colour formerly mentioned, and the size is fre-

quently larger than that of the male. As the ova develop

and distend the posterior region the latter assumes a some-

what pale hue and by-and-by also the body generally becomes

somewhat shorter and broader from contraction. The

change of colour does not at first much affect the general

aspect, and no sign of alteration in the structure of the feet

is visible externally, but they are highly vascular — the

dorsal edge of each being connected with the body by a

reticulated bar of blood-vessels. The eggs at this stage

are dull reddish and minutely granular, and have none of

the large globules of a subsequent stage ; moreover, in the

lustrous brown condition of the adult they are more minute.

The eyes as yet show no perceptible change.

The next stage is characterized by the lustrous pale

greenish condition of the body from the 20th foot backward,

■whilst the brownish- olive hue remains in front. The head

has a pale trifid mark between the eyes, the median spur going

forward. The eyes do not show marked alteration, but the

anterior dorsal cirri have a slight enlargement at the base.

* Op. cit. pi. cliv.

t Ann. & Mag. Nat. Ilist. ser. 7, vol. x. p. 256 (Sept. 1902).

73

Gaily Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews .

The pale region is loaded with greenish -white ova measuring

mm. The vascularity of the feet is pronounced.

Then the deep brownish or olive colour anteriorly gives

way to a paler greenish brown, the posterior region becoming

still more pale as the eyes enlarge. Various isolated and

fixed black specks appear, but whether in the gut or body-

wall is not clear. The pallor makes the blood-vessels of the

feet and the dorsum conspicuous. The head and anterior

region retain in some the brownish hue mingled with green

for some time, but the tentacles and tentacular cirri are pale

greenish.

At a further stage (24tli February) the anterior region of

19 segments is olive-green, and the palpi, tentacles, and

tentacular cirri pale green, the head itself being olive with

the white trifid mark posteriorly. The pelagic posterior

region is developing and its colour is pale, while the feet are

vascular. The ova are pale greenish with numerous large

globules amongst the smaller.

The epitokous females hitherto observed are about the

size of the males, though one or two are larger, and all possess

the triradiate band between the eyes and a pale peacock-

green colour anteriorly. The first five dorsal cirri are en-

larged at the base, and the ventral cirri of the same feet are

slightly swollen. In the altered posterior region the dorsal

cirri are also somewhat dilated towards the base (cerato-

phore), and have inferiorly on the enlarged region low

papillae or warts — to which groups of stalked infusoria and

also slender filaments of algae adhere. Thus, although the

prominent row of papillae which projects from the lower edge

of the cirrus in the male is absent, there is a tendency to

such growths. The ventral cirri present even a more marked

tendency to these growths, about four prominent cones

being found on the ventral edge, and they also have infusoria

and algae. The swimming-bristles in the posterior region

are very large.

Ventrally the same marked distinction between the

anterior and posterior regions of the body occurs as in the

male, the anterior region being pale — a slightly greenish

shade only being visible in the head-region, whereas the

posterior is of a deep pinkish purple. This hue is apparently

not due to the muscles, as during the movements of the

animal the intensity varies, as if from vascular changes.

74

Prof. MTutosh’s Notes from the

3. On Bifid Nemerteans (Cerebratulus angulatus, 0. F. M.,

= marginatus, Renier ?) from Aberdeen and Naples.

The occurrence of a bifid Nemertean is by no means

common; indeed, during the examination of many hundreds

in various groups such a condition was unknown. It was,

therefore, with much interest that an example of Cerebratulus

angulatus (Pl. III. fig. 1) with a bifid tail was received early

in 1904 from Dr. Charles H. Williamson, M.A., of the

scientific staff of the Fishery Board for Scotland. The

specimen w?as obtained by a liner attached to a hook in

Aberdeen Bay in November 1903, and it is noteworthy that

all those captured in St. Andrews Bay had been hooked

when feeding on the mussels used as bait. One exception

only need be alluded to, viz. the case of a very large example

which, in a contracted state at the surface, on a warm and

calm morning, resembled a sole. The fisherman stretched

out his hand-net to capture it, and instantly, to his astonish-

ment, it shot out more than a yard in length. When brought

to the Laboratory it, like its predecessors, swam swiftly and

gracefully through the water, with an undulatory motion —

from above downwards — just as an eel does laterally. This

pelagic habit has also been noticed in foreign representatives

of the genus. Thus the late talented young zoologist

Mr. F. P. Bedford, whose early death was a great loss to

science, caught various examples of Cerebratulus natans,

II. C. Punnett*, swimming in shallow water at night, and

observed them near the bottom by day. The bifid tail in

the piesent case would certainly, at any rate, not interfere

with this natatory habit, for the “ flukes ” are both broad

and short and might even increase the powers of the animal

in this respect. It thus differs from an interesting example

Mr. Punnett procured at Naples in January (PI. III. fig. 2),

in which the bifid region was considerably longer than the

normal anterior part. Mr. Punnett kindly sent me his notes

and figures of this specimen, and these will be alluded to

shortly.

The length of the example from Aberdeen is 30*7 centi-

metres. In its contracted condition (PI. III. fig. 1) the anterior

third is massive, pointed at the snout, and diminishing

posteriorly to a flattened body with its thin margin. It

tapers gently to the bifurcation, where its transverse diameter

is 18 mm. The left limb of the fork, which comes off at

right angles to the main axis, is the larger and longer,

* Q. J. Mic. Sc. vol. xliv. N. S. p. 122.

75

Gatty Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews.

measuring 30 mm. from the edge of the main trunk, and

about 27 mm. in breadth at the base (i. e. next the main

axis), the tip being slightly tapered and rounded. The

process is marked dorsally by three transverse constrictions,

which divide it into four pseudo-segments.

The right limb of the fork is more oblique, its right

border measures 30 mm. from the main stem, but its left is

only about 25 mm. Two transverse wrinkles make three

pseudo-segments.

The under surface of each of the limbs of the fork is

marked by a median ridge prolonged to the ventral surface

of the main trunk.

Mr. Punnett's specimen was fresh when examined, and thus

was preserved in fairly good condition. He observes : —

“ When it reached me it was unfortunately already mori-

bund and did not allow of any observations being made upon

its method of locomotion. After narcotisation with a 1 per

cent, solution of choral hydrate in sea-water a sketch was

made and measurements taken : —

“ Length of unpaired anterior part 7 cm.

„ right posterior part 9'3 „

,, left posterior part 11 ,,

“ The right posterior portion was, however, broken off, and

probably when entire was slightly longer than the left, since

its cross section near the point of bifurcation is rather

greater. The worm was then fixed in a saturated solution

of corrosive sublimate and sections were cut across the

forked part. These were reconstructed into the diagrammatic

figure given [PI. II. fig. 3],

“From this it will be seen that the median organs, i. e. the

gut, the dorsal blood-vessel, and the rhynchocoelom, bifurcate,

whilst the lateral nerve-cords and blood-vessels of the

anterior end are continued down on the outer sides of each

of the two posterior portions. It is worthy of note that the

neurocliords, characteristic of this group of Nemertines, were

found along the outer nerve-cords of the two posterior ends,

but were lacking in the inner cords.

“A subsequent dissection of the anterior end showed that

the proboscis was present and more or less coiled up. Its

length even in the state of contraction following preservation

was 105 cm., i. e. considerably greater than the length of

the rhynchocotdom before its bifurcation. It showed, how-

ever, no trace of division.

76

Prof. McIntosh’s Notes from the

“The animal in question was a female and a few ova were

observed scattered irregularly in the mesodermal tissue both

dorsal and ventral to the gut. They were not regularly

arranged between the pockets of the gut, but possibly this may

have been due to the fact that sexual maturity does not occur

in this species until several months after the date of the

capture of the abnormal specimen in January.

“ A slight irregularity may be noticed with regard to the

arrangement of the gut-pouches. In the normal Cerebratulus

these correspond on each side and are directed somewhat

anteriorly. Such was found to be the case in the anterior

portion. Below the point of bifurcation, however, they

became irregular in arrangement, and whilst those of the

outer sides of the two posterior parts were still directed

anteriorly, those of the inner sides were directed in the

opposite direction (fig. 1).

Fig. 1.

a Such being a brief description of the internal arrange-

ments, two points seem to call for special attention : —

“ Firstly, the fact that there are no neurochords in the third

nerve-cord does not agree with the only other case in which

their behaviour in such an abnormality has been observed.

In a specimen of Lumbriculus variegatus noted by Cori, each

of the three neurochords divided into two, one part going

to each posterior division. But whereas Lumbriculus is

a Chsetopod with the nerve-cords closely apposed, in the

Nemertine they are widely separated.

“ The second point concerns the rhynchocoelom. As is

well known, this arises from a cleft appearing in the meso-

derm, which has grown round the unpaired ectodermal

invagination, which is destined to give rise to the epithelium

of the protruded proboscis. It seems a little remarkable

that, whilst that part which grows on to the unpaired ecto-

dermal invagination should remain single, the portion of

77

Gatty Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews .

the mesoderm forming the outer wall of the rhynchocoelom

should bifurcate.

“As to the cause of such an abnormality, several alternatives

have been suggested by Williamson* in discussing a similar

case which occurred in a specimen of Lumbricus. The

alternative suggestions are :

“ (1) Embryonic formation.

(2) Median division.

(3) A lateral wound.

“ Except the doubtful case of a Polygordius- larva cited by

Ritter, there is little evidence to support the first view,

though the experimental production of spina bifida in frog-

embryos may be mentioned here (Morgan).

“ The second view may be rejected, owing to the extreme

improbability of an injury ever passing exactly through the

median line.

“ Williamson himself leans to the third view, which supposes

that the gut is damaged, forming a new and shorter passage

for fa'cal matter. Irritation is set up at the injury, resulting

in cell-proliferation and a downward growth of the various

organs into the bud. Such a view would explain the arrange-

ment of the nerve-cords and neurochords; but it is difficult

to understand why a medially-situated organ, such as the

rhynchocoelom or dorsal vessel, should grow down. More-

over, such an explanation will not account for many cases in

other groups, such as a bifid tail in Lacerta , where the gut

ends before the point of injury.

“ The supposition that it is due to an ordinary transverse

breakage, under certain unknown conditions, seems as feasible

as any other explanation. It must be assumed that this

occurred behind the proboscis, but in front of the posterior

end of the rhynchocoelom, in order to account for the bifid

condition of the latter |.

“ Such a view receives a certain amount of support from

some recent experiments of T. H. Morgan, who investigated

the regeneration of the earthworm after transverse section.

In three cases the worm produced a bifid tail (with two

vents) on regeneration ; but nothing is said about the

arrangement of the internal organs.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xiii. p. 217.

f “ This view, of course, leads one to regard the inner nerve-cord of

each of the two ‘ tails ’ as a structure which has arisen de novo, and not in

continuity with the original nerve-cords. The absence of neurochords

in them is not opposed to such a view, though perhaps the 1 excrescence ’

idea is more in keeping with the little that is actually known,” — It. (J. P.

78

Prof. McIntosh’s Notes from the

“ Such experiments, however, refer to segmented animals ;

whilst one of the most interesting points about this spe-

cimen is that it is a case of bifidism occurring in an animal

which does not exhibit the phenomenon of metameric seg-

mentation. Possibly the experimental study of regeneration

among the Nemertines might throw some light on an instance

such as this.”

In the example from Aberdeen the bifid tip is beyond the

region of the proboscidian sheath. The alimentary canal

is thus the sole chamber which becomes bifid, and much

of it has fallen out from imperfect preservation, so that only

the body-wall and the gut-pouches appear in sections *.

It is evident, however, that the inner nerves appear, as

Mr. Punnett describes, within the arch of the fork, and pass

to each limb, whilst the original nerves continue their course

externally. A brief examination of the structure of the inner

nerves (that is, those placed on the inner border of each fork)

revealed no very evident distinction from the outer trunks,

the nervous structure of the sheath apparently having similar

elements in both. The tissues, however, may have been

altered by the imperfect preservation, and yet, in a specimen

so large, even a slight difference in the neurochords would

have been noted.

The Mediterranean Cerehratulus margina lus, Renier (1804),

which Burger identifies with the Cerehratulus angulatus, O. F.

Muller, of the f British Nemerteans/ presents marked differ-

ences in coloration from the British form, and is also much

smaller, but such may be due to variation. Burger does not

allude to O. F. Muller’s form in this connexion.

4. On Amphiporus hastatus, M‘Intosh.

The occurrence of a very fine example of Amphiporus

hastatus , MT., affords an opportunity for a few additional

remarks on its aspect and structure. It was found by the

experienced attendant at the Laboratory (A. W. Brown)

whilst digging for littoral forms near low-water mark, in sand,

near the Burn-stools (rocks), and in the same line of beach

in which rare Nemerteans and Annelids have so often been

obtained. It was in a tube of mucus and sand, sufficiently

* For these sections I am indebted to Dr. J. R. Tosli and Mr. R. M.

Craig, who carried out the somewhat ditlicult task of following the

structure of the separate tails.

79

Gatly Marine Laboratory , St. Andrews.

consistent to withstand the vicissitudes of capture. The

example is considerably larger than that obtained in Shetland,

measuring between 3 and 4 inches, and at first sight resembled

a very large Amphiporus lactiflorens , Johnston. The general

colour was that of the human skin, or pale yellowish pink, with

a reddish hue at the ganglia and a faint reddish line on each

side in the line of the nerves. The mid-dorsal region was

flaccid, from the subjacent fluid in the proboscidian chamber,

whilst on the ventral surface of the posterior third a series of

pale and closely arranged frills or pinnse indicate the glandular

caeca of the gut. The skin had the usual soft creases and

folds, and secreted transparent mucus in abundance.

The large size of the specimen enables the minute structure

of the head to be more fully described. As formerly indicated,

the snout is separated by a curved line (fig. 2) from the

succeeding region, and has a whitish prominent ridge in the

Fig. 2.

median line anteriorly with a longitudinal groove marked by

dark pigment, the tip especially being blackish, with a con-

tinuation on each side along the ventral edge. The median

ridge at the tip often gives the impression of a bieornuate

snout, but such is merely due to the mobility of the parts.

A portion behind the cephalic furrow, as well as that in front

of it, is distinguished by its pallor from the rest of the body.

Though interrupted by the furrow at the boundary, the

median dark streak is continued a short distance backward

on the dorsum. The furrow has a peak directed forward in

the centre, and a backward and a forward (or O G) curve on

each side, and then passes to the ventral surface, where

it curves to the sides of the mouth and ceases. A median

80

Notes f rom the Gatty Marine Laboratory,

dark band indicates the mouth and is continued a short

distance behind it.

Since the original description in 1873 * * * §, an account of the

species under the name Cosmocephala cordiceps, M. Sars, has

been published by Jensen f from the MS. of the elder Sars,

who found an example at low water in March 1837, and who

left excellent sketches of the animal and of the dorsal and

ventral surfaces of the snout ; so that there can be no doubt

that this indefatigable and experienced naturalist had the

same form before him, though his example was less massive

than the present. These figures of the external characters

are in contrast with Burger's, which only indicate the general

reddish stone-colour and a pointed snout without differentia-

tion. H is description of the cephalic grooves and furrows

coincides in most respects with the foregoing account, though

the somewhat cruciform arrangement of the pale streaks in

front of the ventral aspect of the snout and the pale marginal

line J were not marked in the British forms. From the

description of Girard § it would seem that the genus Cosmo-

cephala, Stimpson, would include the present form, which,

however, may be left under the genus Amphiporus. Repre-

sentatives occur on the coast of the United States and at

Behring's Strait, as well as in Europe, if the American

authors are correct in their diagnosis. Sars's example appears

to have been more deeply pigmented on the dorsum than

either of the British or than the reddish type found by

Joubin. Hubrecht, again, found it at Naples, while Girard

met with it on the N. American shores (his Hallezia hastata)

and Joubin in 35 metres off Roscoff. Burger || observes that

it is not uncommon at Naples.

The anterior region of the proboscis is slightly pinkish, and

the stylet-region, as in the Zetlandic example, bad four

stylet-sacs in a horizontal plane, each having two stylets, one

with a finished “ head/’ the other about as long but with an

incomplete “ head.’'

In sections If towards the tip of the snout, two and some-

times three large vascular chambers occur in the centre,

apparently over the mouth. The fibres surrounding these

pass off or radiate into the tissues, which are highly con-

* Brit. Annel. : Part I. Nemerteans, Ray Soc. p. 162.

t Turbell. ad lit. Norvegiae, Bergen, 1878, p. 82, tab. viii. figs. 13-16.

X Jensen, pi. viii. fig. 16.

§ Ann. des Sc. Nat. 7e ser. tom. xv. p. 248.

fl Die Nemert. Neap. p. 563, Taf. 2. tig. 20 (1895).

*] Mr. R. M. Craig kindly made sections of this species.

Ann. & Mag-. Ncut. Hist. S.7. Vol.XVIIPl.

'

7b. C

I

l.b.v

rh.c

circ.

m

o.

roc

o. l.m.

Fig. I & 2. A.W. del. Fig. 3. R.C.P. do].

Highley, lith. & imp.

Highley, lith & imp

A.W.del.

*

On Australian Rats hitherto referred to Conilums. 81

tractile, so that the movements of the region will affect these

channels, especially as the stroma is lax. Towards the com-

mencement of the lateral nerve-cords, the vascular trunks

are found at their inner borders, and in some sections more

than one trunk occurs on each side at the commencement.

The kypoderm and basement-tissue of the snout are largely

developed, the basement-tissue especially being massive in

the oesophageal region, wdiere it is more bulky than the

circular muscular coat within it. So far as can be observed

in sections of the anterior region of the proboscis, the nerves

(elastic layer, MT.) are at least 14 in number*. The

cerebral organs are in front of the ganglia, and the gut-

pouches do not come forward to the brain, the succeeding

region, as in A. lactiflorens, being occupied by the thick-

walled cesophageal section of the alimentary apparatus.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plate II.

Fir/. 1. Lateral view of the very young Phycis blennoides. Enlarged.

Fig. 2. Ventral view of the foregoing. Similarly enlarged. The ex-

pansions of the ventral tins are indicated towards the tip.

Tbe straight line indicates the natural size of the example.

Fig. 3. Pestoration of the parts at the fork of the Cerebratulus from

Naples, by Mr. It. C. Punnett, M.A. (Cantab.), xlo diams.

circ.m., circular muscular fibres; d.b.v ., dorsal longitudinal

vessel ; i.l.m ., inner longitudinal muscular fibres ; i.n.c., inner

nerve-cords ; l.b.v., lateral blood-vessel ; n.c., outer nerve-cords

(ordinary); o.l.m cuter longitudinal muscular layer; o.n.c.,

outer nerve-cord of bifid region ; rh.c., proboscis-sheath.

Plate III.

Fig. 1. Bifid Cerebratulus angulatus , sent by Dr. C. II. Williamson from

Aberdeen Bay. The left side shows the ventral aspect with the

mouth in front, whilst the bifid tail is viewed from the dorsum.

About natural size.

Fig. 2. Bifid Cerebratulus “ marginaius” from Naples. The figure (which

is inverted) is copied from a water-colour by Mr. R. C. Punnett.

VIII. — On the Generic Arrangement of the Australian Rits

hitherto referred to Conilurus, with Remarks on the Struc-

ture and . Evolution of their Molar Cusps. By Oldfield

Thomas.

In connection with the working out of some Australian

Murids recently received by the British Museum through

the generosity of Sir William Ingram and the Hon. John

* These were best seen in sections of the proboscis by Dr. Tosh.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvii. 6

82

Mr. O. Thomas on Australian Rata

Forrest, I have had occasion to examine the generic position

of the little rat I described in 1889 * as “ Mua ” ar gurus, and,

for comparison with that, of all the species hitherto referred

to the group of the Jerboa Rats — Conilurus.

Without much inquiry into their dental structure, all the

Australian long-eared rats were placed by earlier writers in

the genus u Ilapalotis ,” which was founded by Lichtenstein

on the species Id. olbipes. The name, however, being pre-

occupied, was rightly superseded by J. D. Ogilby, in 1892 t,

in favour of that of Conilurus, W. Ogilby, founded on the

same well-known species.

In 1898 Mr. Waite, of the Sydney Museum, observing the

striking peculiarity of the feet of Conilurus longicaudatus

and other allied species, separated off the jerboa-footed forms

under the name of Podanomalus , while he gave to another

jerboa-footed form, C. cervinus , the generic name of Thyla-

comys , which, being preoccupied, he afterwards altered to

Ascopharynx.

But in doing so Mr. Waite did not notice that Lesson had

already given the name of Notomys to the a Dipus Mitchelli”

of Ogilby, one of the jerboa-footed species, and therefore

Podanomalus becomes a synonym of Notomys, Moreover,

as cervinus agrees both in dental and pedal structure with

Mitchelli and longicaudatus , I am not at present prepared to

consider its possession of a gular pouch as a character of

generic importance, and should therefore also place Asco-

pharynx as a synonym of Notomys.

But it lias not been hitherto noticed that, besides the

difference in foot-structure that separates Notomys from all

the other jerboa rats, there are found in the group two quite

different types of molar teeth, the differences being similar to

those which separate Micromys from Mus , but even more

distinct and sharply defined.

For while, as shown in Mr. Waite’s figures, the species of

Notomys and both Conilurus apicalis and murinus have the

same number of molar cusps as Mus, C. alhipes , penicillatus ,

hirsuius , and certain other species have those described in my

“ Mus,} argurus, i. e. three inner cusps to both m1 and m2, a

postero-internal cusp being present which is absent in Mus.

This type of tooth wras figured in my paper on Mus argurus ,

and proves to be so constant throughout a number of species

that it should clearly be considered as of generic importance.

The resemblance of the teeth of J\[us argurus to those of

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (G) iii. p. 433 (1889).

t Cat. Austr. Mamin, p. 113 (1892).

83

hitherto referred to Conilurus.

Conilurus hirsulus was noted when I described the former,

blit I did not then carry the investigations as far as I should

have done.

By this character, then, Conilurus apicalis and murinus are

at once separable from all the other rat-footed members of

the group, and are brought into the neighbourhood of true

Mus, to which, through M. lineolatus , they are very closely

allied.

Indeed it might be thought that they should actually be

referred to Mus ; but as it is an advantage to separate from

that protean genus as many species as possible, I would

consider the long ears of these two species as indicating

generic distinction (as has always hitherto been done), and

would propose for them the special name of Leporillus.

Then among the species with three internal cusps to the

molars I find two types of skull-structure. In one group,

consisting of Conilurus albipes and penicillatus , the skull is

highly modified in shape, as has been described by previous

writers, while in the other, to which the species hirsutus,

macrurus, pedunculatus , and argurus belong, it is very much

as in ordinary rats. For this latter group I would suggest

the name of Ammomys.

These conclusions may be tabulated as follows : —

I. Notom vs. TyPe.

Notonv/s, Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm.

p. 129 (1842) N. Mitchelli, Ogilb.

Todanomalus , YVaite, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic-

toria, x. p. 117 (1898) N. longicauclatus, Gould.

Thylacomys, Waite, t. c. p. 121 (1898) (nec

Blyth, 1841) N. cervinus , Gould.

Ascopharynx , Waite, Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Plist. (7) v. p. 223 (1900) N. cervinus , Gould.

Teeth practically as in Mus ; no postero-internal cusp on

the molars, along the inner edge of whose series there are

therefore only 6-7 cusps. Skull considerably modified ; ante-

rior edge of zygoma-root deeply concave. Hind feet length-

ened, their pads reduced in number to three or four, usually

three.

Species: JY. Mitchelli , cervinus , longicaudatus, and Richard *

soni .

II. Leporillus.

Genus novum T}rPe : C* apicalis, Gould.

Molars, as in Conilurus , without postero-internal cusps.

6*

84

Mr. O. Thomas on Australian Rats

Skull very much as in Mus lineolatus. Hind feet normal,

with the. usual six pads.

Species : C. apicalis and murinus .

The gradation of this genus, from C, apicalis , through

C. murinus , Mus lineolatus , and Mus Higginsif into true Mas,

affords an interesting study in evolution. Whether the Mus

lineolatus group should not also be subgenerically separated

from the ordinary species of Mus is a question which may

have to be considered later.

III. Ammomys.

Genus novum Type: A. hirsulm, Gould.

Teeth as figured in Mus argurus ; a distinct and well-

defined postero-internal cusp on each molar, so that along the

inner edge of the full molar series there are 8-9 cusps.

Skull rat-like in general form, a well-developed coronoid

process on the mandible. Hind feet normal, with six pads.

Mammae, so far as known, 0—2 = 4.

Species : A. hirsutus, macrurus , peduncuiatus , and argurus .

IV. CONILURUS. Tvp0

Hapalotis , Licht. Darst. Saug. text to pi. xxix.

(1829) (nec Hiibner, 1816) C. albipes, Licht.

Conilurm, Ogilb. Tr. Linn. Soc. xviii. p. 124 (1838). C. albipes, Licht.

Teeth and foot-structure as in Ammomys. Skull highly

modified, broad, flattened, the interorbital region concave, the

palatal foramina enlarged, and the mandibular coronoid

process and incisive capsule reduced or absent.

Species : G. albipes and penicillatus .

Of the other species described as members of this group,

arboricola , Krefft, is a Mus rattus ; personatus , Krefft, also

probably belongs to Mus ; and caudimaculata, Krefft, and

pnpuanus , llamsay, to Uromys.

With regard to the development and evolution of the

additional postero-internal cusp on the molars, Dr. Winge,

our greatest authority on the subject, when treating * of its

presence in Micromys , has considered that it is a new develop-

ment, the two original internal cusps (numbered by him on his

general scheme u 6 ” and u 7 ”) having been pushed forward

* “ Grseske Pattedyr,” Vid. Medd. For. Copenhagen, 1881, p. 17 (under

“ Mas my st acinus''), and 1882, pi. iii. fig. 10.

85

hitherto referred to Conilurus.

to form the present antero-internal and median internal cusps.

However this latter point may be — and even after having

had the advantage of discussion with Mr. Knud Andersen

over Dr. Wingers theories I still find it difficult to believe — I

certainly think the postero-internal cusp cannot be explained as

he supposes. He would call it 5 c , on the ground that it repre-

sents an off-splilting of the inner corner of the main central

posterior cusp u 5 ” of the tooth as found in typical Musy and

is therefore of very recent origin. But if we consider the

distribution of the forms which possess it, scattered as they

are about the Old World- — Micromys in the Pala3arctic region,

u Mus” arborarius and rutilans in Africa, Crateromys and

Lenomys in the Philippines and Celebes, Pogonomys and

Hyomys in New Guinea, — it seems impossible to believe that

these forms have all in widely separated localities indepen-

dently developed exactly the same structure from a type, as

I suppose, so advanced and certainly so dominant as Mas.

It would rather appear natural to suppose that (even if a

later growth as compared with the very primitive Cricetine

series of Murida?) it is an early development within the true

Murinse, occurring here and there in the group, and has then

been reduced in some forms and lost in others, among which

latter would be the dominant and highly developed genus

M us.

Dr. Winge has shown himself such a genius in dis-

entangling the complicated homologies of molar cusps that

it is with much diffidence that I put forward this modification,

of his views about this postero-internal cusp, which, for

purposes of discussion and not to prejudge the question,

might be called the x cusp. I would only recall that nearly

all the forms in wdiicli it occurs have been either discovered

or had their tooth-structure described since he wrote his work

on the subject, and that he therefore had Micromys alone to

examine, and was without the opportunity of considering the

very important argument from distribution and occurrence in

otherwise widely separated forms which I have now ventured

to bring forward.

That many of the small additional cusps found in such

multicuspid Muridse as Leggada , Ghiruromys , and others are

recent supplementary additions, as Dr. Winge supposes, I

would freely admit; but I do not think this to be the case

with the interesting x cusp, which is in Australia the

diagnostic mark of Ammomys and Conilurus .

Mr. O. Thomas on a new

86

IX. — A new Aquatic Genus of Muridae discovered by

Consul L. Soderstrom in Ecuador. By Oldfield Thomas.

Among a further consignment of small mammals which the

British Museum owes to the generosity of Consul L. Soder-

strom, of Quito, there occurs a most interesting new form,

ihe type of the following description : —

Anotomys, gen. nov.

External characters as in Ichthyomys , but ear-conch quite

rudimentary and the ear-opening itself a mere minute slit.

Fur exceedingly rich and velvety, almost wholly composed

of wool-hairs. Feet strongly fimbriated.

Skull with the brain-case smooth, round, and inflated, like

that of a young non-aquatic Murine, not flattened as in

Ichthyomys. Muzzle set on in a peculiar manner, appearing

to be bent upwards owing to the strong angle at which its

upper profile meets the marked rise of the frontal, and to this

profile continuing perfectly straight anteriorly without any

descent towards the tip of the nasals. Nasal opening not

slanting backwards in lateral view, but practically vertical,

the tip of the nasals projecting in front of the main part of

the premaxillae, but in turn just surpassed by the unusually

projecting gnathic point between the incisors ; in front view

the opening is high and narrow', approaching “guttate” of

Bidgw'ay, while in Ichthyomys it is nearly u deltoid” (the

point, of course, dowmwards in each case). Anteorbital

foramina essentially as in Ichthyomys , or even more open ;

the anterior zygoma-root, both above and below, very slender

and delicate. Malars absent on both sides in the type,

possibly never ossified. Palatal foramina much broader

behind than in front, instead of being approximately parallel-

sided. Posterior palate less extended behind the molars.

Incisors narrow'er and less specialized than in Ichthyomys ,

the lower ones particularly narrow, with long slender points ;

a marked laterally projecting incisive capsule over the root of

each upper incisor, in front of the anteorbital foramen.

Molars apparently as in Ichthyomys , but much worn in the

only specimen.

TyPe> -4* leander .

This genus is evidently closely allied to Ichthyomys , but is

less specialized for an aquatic piscivorous life in some direc-

tions (shape of brain-case, structure of incisors), and more, so

87

Aquatic Genus q/MuridaB from Ecuador .

in others (loss of ear-conch, character of fur, peculiar build of

muzzle). It forms, therefore, a second instance of this

interesting type of rodent, developed at an even higher

altitude than in the case of Ichthyomys Soderstromi (Quito,

8000 feet), a species also discovered by our generous

correspondent Consul L. Soderstrom.

The entire suppression of the external ear-conches is an

almost unique character in Muridse, the only forms in which

it is found being the mole-rats Etlobius and Myospalax

(tiiphneus). Of aquatic animals this specialization is only

known in the seals and cetaceans, not in any of the Insectivora

nor in the otters. Of course there is a possibility that in the

present specimen the conches have been aborted pathologi-

cally, but their reduction in Ichthyomys and Hydromys

suggests the further development now described, while in the

specimen itself the identity of the two sides and the natural

appearance of the aural slits tell against any suggestion of

accidental loss.

Anotomys leander , sp. n.

Size about as in the species of Ichthyomys. Fur exces-

sively thick, sott and velvety, consisting almost wholly of

wool-hairs, with a thin sprinkling of longer hairs intermixed ;

the wool-hairs 9, the longer hairs 14-15 mm. in length on

the back. General colour above uniform dark slaty (near

“ slate-black ”), the bases of the hairs rather lighter than

their tips ; sides slightly paler than the back. Some of the

longer hairs tipped with whitish. Under surface from snout

to anus and inner sides of limbs whitish grey (grey no. 9),

well defined from the dark colour of the sides ; bases of hairs

dark slaty. Lower whiskers white, upper dark. A distinct

white patch over each ear-hole, thus imitating the effect of

having white-tipped ears, as though this coloration were of

value even when the ears themselves were absent. Meta-

carpals brown ; fingers and whole of hind feet silvery white.

Tail well-haired, dull brown above, rather, but not abruptly,

lighter below.

Skull and teeth as described above.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) : —

Head and body 128 mm.; tail 125; hind foot (wet) 32.

Skull: greatest length 27*5; basilar length 21*2; zygo-

matic breadth 14*8 ; nasal opening 4*2 x 2*4 ; nasals 9x3*2;

interorbital breadth 3*9; breadth of brain-case 13*8; height

of muzzle behind incisors 54; zygoma-root 1*0; palatilar

88

Mr. 0. Thomas on a Second

length 11*2 ; diastema 6*7 ; palatal foramina 4 9 X 2‘3 ; length

of upper molar series (crowns much worn) 4*6.

Hab. Mount Pichincha, Ecuador : mountain-streams at

11,500 feet.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 5. 11. 7. 1. Collected and

presented by Consul L. Soderstrom.

X. — On a Second Species of Lenothrix from the Liu Kiu

Islands. By Oldfield Thomas.

In a collection of Liu Kiu mammals recently obtained by the

British Museum from Mr. Alan Owston there occurs a

peculiar long-haired rat, which proves on examination to

belong to the genus Lenothrix , founded by Mr. Gerrit S.

Miller for L. cana, a species obtained in Sumatra by Mr.

W. L. Abbott. The occurrence of this Sumatran form in

the Liu Kiu Islands is of much interest. The species is

naturally quite different, and may be called

Lenothrix legata, sp. n.

Size, as judged by foot and tooth-row, decidedly larger

than in L. cana , though the skull seems to be little longer.

Fur very long and thick, the ordinary hairs about 29 mm. in

length on the back, the numerous long bristle-hairs attaining

50-60 mm., and the spines (which are slender and flattened,

about ^ mm. broad) 25 mm. in length. General colour above

approaching “ clay-colour,” but more greyish, and made up

of such a mixture of other colours that the general tone is not

easily determined. The dorsal hairs are slaty grey for nine-

tenths of their length, their ends huffy, lighter on the anterior

back, darker across the loins. The long bristles black, with

a huffy tip. The spines whitish, with a black tip. Under

surface dirty greyish, hardly lighter than the greyish bases

to the dorsal hairs, the tips of the hairs dull huffy. Ears

short, thinly haired, a patch behind their posterior bases

buffy. Upper surface of hands and feet uniform dark brown.

Tail evenly well haired throughout, the hairs about 3-4 mm.

in length, not or scarcely lengthened terminally (though there

is a little doubt if the tip of the tail is quite perfect); colour

of tail uniformly dark brown on basal three fifths, white

beyond.

{Skull chiefly differing from that of L. cana by being

immensely broader across the crested region of the crown, so

Species of Lenothrix from the Liu Kiu Islands. 89

tliat the distance across the postorbital processes is 20*3 mm.,

as against 1 3*3 mm. in Mr. Miller’s figure. Anterior zygo-

matic root rather more projected forward. Palatal foramina

longer. A small intermediate ridge present on the side of

the brain-case between the main parietal ridge and that

running back from the hinder edge of the squamosal.

Teeth agreeing very closely in structure with those of

L. cana) but the minute anterior median cusp on m1 is not

present, while there is a minute supplementary cusp at the

outer end of the second as well as of the first interlaminar

space in the same tooth. But these small supplementary

cusps are very variable in other groups, and are evidently of

only specific importance.

Approximate dimensions of the type (taken on a remade

native-prepared skin) : —

Head and body 230 mm. ; tail 246 (perhaps imperfect at

tip) ; hind foot (moistened) (s. u.) 49 ; ear (moistened) 23.

Skull : back of interparietal to front of nasals 51 ; greatest

breadth 25; nasals 18x5’7; interorbital breadth 9*8;

breadth across postorbital processes 20*3 ; breadth across

parietal ridges at centre 19’7 ; zygoma-root 5*4 ; diastema 15 ;

palatal foramina 9 8x3’7; length of upper molar series

(crowns) 10.

Hab . Oshima, northern group of Liu Kiu Islands.

Type . Adult male. B.M. no. 5. 11. 3. 41. Obtained

15th September, 1904, by Cho, a native collector employed

by Mr. Alan Owston.

The genus Lenothrix is an interesting one, as connecting

Lenomys with Mus. It possesses the cranial characters and

many of the molar foldings of the former, while, like the

latter, it has lost the important postero-internal cusp % of the

upper molars *.

The British Museum now possesses a good series of all

the mammals known to inhabit the Liu Kiu Islands. To

Mr. Bonhote's list f there should be added the present

striking and peculiar species and a Cervus of the G. sika

group. The 11 Rhinolophus minor 3> of the list has since been

described by Mr. Knud Andersen as R. cornutus pumilus J,

and a Mus norvcgicus is contained in Mr. Owston's collection,

thus confirming its occurrence in the islands, on which doubt

was thrown by Mr. Bonhote.

90

Canon A. M. Norman on Greenlandic Polyzm.

XI. — Greenlandic Polyzoa. By Canon A. M. NoiiMAN,

M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S., &c.

On tlie occasion of the last British Arctic Expedition of 1875

H.M.S. ‘ Valorous* accompanied the c Alert * and ‘ Discovery*

as far as Disco Island with additional stores, which were

there transferred to the exploring ships. The Admiralty, in

response to an application from the lloyal Society, directed

that the ‘ Valorous* should subsequently do a little dredging

in Davis Strait and on the return voyage across the Atlantic ;

and my old friend Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys accompanied the

* Valorous* in order to act as naturalist and superintend the

dredging. After the return of the expedition a short report

of the biological results was made to the Royal Society, in

which Dr. Jeffreys reported on the Mollusca, Dr. M/Intosh

on the Annelida, and myself on the other classes of the

lnvertebrata (Proc. Royal Soc. vol. xxv. no. 173, 1876,

pp. 176-237).

At p. 205 of the Report just referred to I stated that

sixty-six species of Polyzoa had been determined as having

been brought home by the expedition, and certain of the

more interesting species were mentioned under the head of

the several dredgings. No full list was, however, given, and,

moreover, there wTere other forms at that time undetermined.

1 have long purposed to give a complete catalogue of the species

procured, but have regarded the existing nomenclature as so

unsatisfactory that 1 disliked using it. As some continental

zoologists, however, are now working at the Arctic Polyzoa,

I feel that it may be useful to publish the ( Valorous * species.

In my u Notes on the Natural History of East Finmark,**

in dealing with the Polyzoa (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7,

vol.xi. 1903, pp. 567-598, and vol. xii. pp. 87-128), after an

attempt to rearrange seme earlier genera of the (Jheilostomata,

I wrote (p. 108) : — “ As I feel that I cannot use as though

they were my own many associations of generic and specilic

names which have been employed, I shall signify my doubts

as to the allocation of the species by putting the generic name

within inverted commas.** The same course 1 here pursue.

Polyzoa of Davis Strait procured by the 1 Valorous.3

Crisia producta , Smitfc.

Jdmonea atlantica , E. Forbes.

liliacea , Pallas.

91

Canon A. M. Norman on Greenlandic Polyzoa .

Hornera lichenoides, Fabricius.

Stomatopora major, Johnston.

diastoporides , Norman.

Diastopora obelia , Johnston.

Lichenopora verrucaria, Fabricius.

crassiuscula, Smitt.

Oemellaria loricata , Linne.

Menipea ternata, Ellis and Solander.

gracilis , J. van Beneden.

Smitti, Norman.

arctica, Busk.

Scrupocellaria scabra , J. van Beneden, var. elongata , Smitt.

Caberea Ellisii, Fleming.

Buyula Mur ray ana, Johnston.

, var. fruticosa , Packard.

Carbasea membranaceo-truncata , Smitt.

Cellular ia articulata, Fabricius.

Electro catenularia, Jameson.

Callopora craticula , Alder.

Whiteavesii, Norman.

Sophice, Busk.

unicornis, Fleming, var. armifera , Hincks.

arctica, d’Orbigny.

Amphiblestrum trifolium, Busk.

Cribrilina annulata , Fabricius, var. spitsbergensis, Norman.

Gephyrotes nitidopunctata, Smitt.

Microporella arctica, Norman.

Doryporella spatulifera, Smitt.

Cylindroporella tubulosa, Norman.

Anarthropoda monodon, Busk.

Hippothoa hyalina, Linne.

divaricata, Lamouroux.

expansa, Dawson.

Schizoporella ansata , Johnston.

biaperta , Michelin.

auriculaia, Hassall.

“ Schizoporella ” sinuosa , Busk.

“ Schizoporella ” cruenta, Norman.

Leieschara coarctata, M. Sars.

subgracile, d’Orbigny.

plana, Dawson.

(J2 Canon A. M. Norman on Greenlandic Polyzoa.

Porella com press a, Sowerby.

plana , Hincks.

elegantula, d’Orbigny.

bella , Busk.

, var. groenlandica , Norman.

concinna , Busk.

, var. Belli, Dawson.

aperta , Boeck.

struma , Norman.

• princeps , Norman.

propinqua , Smitt.

“ Porella ” acutirostris , Smitt.

Monoporella spinulifera, Hincks.

Hemicyclopora polita , Norman.

Escharella immersa , Fleming, = Peach ii, Hassall.

laqueata , Norman.

ventricosa . Hassall.

“ MucroneTla” sincera , Smitt.

“ Mucronella ” labiata, Boeck.

“ Mucronella” pavonella , Alder.

Pahnicettaria Skenei, Ellis & Sol., var. tridens, Busk.

Smittina arctica , Norman.

Jeffrey si, Norman.

porifera , Smitt ( typica ).

“ Smiitia” lineata , Nordgaard.

Eschara hippopus, Smitt.

“ Lepralia ” reticulato-punctata , Hincks.

Escharopsis lobata, Lamouroux.

• rosacea , Busk.

Khampliostomella scabra, Fabricius.

costata, Lorenz.

plicata, Smitt.

ovata, Smitt.

contiyua, Smitt, = Cellepora Whiteavesii , Norman, MS., in

‘ Valorous’ Beport.

Cellepora incrassata (Lamarck ?), Smitt.

Alcyonidium gelatinosum, Linne.

Ehabdopleura Normani , Allman.

The foregoing list includes seventy-eight species. In the

4 Manual and Instructions for the Arctic Expedition, 1875/ at

p. 131) will be found a list of the Polyzoa of Greenland which

was drawn up by my late friend Dr. Ltitken, of Copenhagen.

Canon A. M. Norman on Greenland ic Polyzoa .

93

It shows that at that time sixty-three species were known in

the Greenland sea. Among the species then known were the

following twenty-six forms* which were not procured by the

‘ Valorous/ and these, when added to my own list, raise the

number of Greenlatidic Polyzoa to one hundred and four

forms, now regarded as distinct species. A few of the names,

however, may be regarded with some doubt.

The list of Dr. Liitken is taken chiefly, though not

entirely, from Smitt, “ Bryozoa marina in regionibus arcticis

et borealibus viventia” (CEfvers. Kong. Vet.- Akad. Forhand.

(1867) 1868, pp. 443-487). A comparison with this paper

of Smitt enables me to add explanatory notes after the names

of some of the species. Species given by Liitken which are

not in the following list are contained, although perhaps under

a different name, in the preceding catalogue of 6 Valorous 9

Polyzoa.

Crisia eburnea , Linne (including as Greeulandie formm C. ebanieay

C. cornuta, and C. denticulata).

Mesentipora meandrina, Wood.

Tnbidipora JlabeUaris, Fabricius.

incrassata, d’Orbigny.

fungict , Couch.

penicillata, Fabricius. (Only on that writers authority.)

Discoporella hispida , Fleming.

Defrancia lucernaria , M. Sars.

Alcyonidium hirsutum, Fleming (including A. mamillatum , Alder).

hispidum, Fabricius. (Only on that writer’s authority.)

Flustra papyracea, Pallas ( — Carhasea Solanderi , Norman).

[ foliacea , Linne. On what authority ?]

Membraniporci lineata , Linne.

spiniftra , Johnston (? = cymbaiformis, Ilincks).

pilosa , Linne.

Ponna Malusii , Audouin.

Eschar ella palmata, M. Sars.

porifera , Smitt (forma contorla , Kirchenpauer).

Discopora appensa , Hassall.

Cellepora ramulosa, Linne (forma avicularis , Ilincks).

lietepora cellalosa , Linne (formae Beaniana , King, cellidosa , Busk,

and elongata , Smitt).

Loxosoma sp.

* This number includes the species given by Liitken, together with

the “ fonnce ” indicated by Smitt and added in the following list within

brackets.

9 l Mr. C. T. Regan on

XII. — Notes on some Loricariid Fishes , with Descriptions of

Two new Species. By C. Tate Regan, B.A.

In my monograph of the Loricariidae I followed Steindachner

in placing Ptecostomus horridus, Kner, in the synonymy of

P. emarginatus, Cuv. & Val., and Eigenmann in uniting

P. tenuicauda , Steind., to the same species. Although I

have never seen specimens of the first-named, I am now of

the opinion that it is probably distinct from P. emarginatus ,

whilst I am quite sure that P. tenuicauda should be recog-

nized as a valid species. P. horridus does not seem to have

the deeply emarginate caudal fin with produced lobes which

is so characteristic of the other two species, whilst P. tenui-

cauda may at once be separated from P. emarginatus by the

greater length of the base of the dorsal fin. The following

description is based on three specimens, from 200 to 380 mm.

in total length, from Baranquilla, Colombia.

Ptecostomus tenuicauda.

Ptecostomus tenuicauda , Steind. Denkschr. Ak. Wien, xxxix. 1878,

p. 40, pi. vi., and xlii. 1880, p. 63.

Ptecostomus emarginatus (part.), Eigenra. & Eigenm. Occ. Pap. Cal.

Ac. i. 1890, p. 400 ; Regan, Trans. Zool. Soc. xvii. 1904, p. 210.

Depth of body 5-6 in the length, length of head 3J-3-J.

Depth of head lf-lf in its length, breadth of head 1 J-l^-,

length of snout l|-2, diameter of eye 6-8 J, interorbital

width 2J-2J. Length of mandibular ramus 3-3 J in the

interorbital width ; rami of both jaws subequal, with 24-32

teeth on each side. Barbel 1^-1 § the diameter of eye.

Snout narrowed anteriorly ; supraorbital edges not or scarcely

raised; opercular bones without marginal bristles; temporal

plate not distinctly carinate ; supraoccipital with strong

median ridge extending posteriorly on to the well-developed

pointed occipital process, which is bordered on each side by

a lateral scute or pair of scutes and at the apex by a median

scute. Scutes spinulose, the posterior ones usually w'eakly

carinate, 28-29 in a longitudinal series, 8 between dorsal

and adipose fin, 14-15 between anal and caudal. Lower

surface of head and abdomen almost completely covered with

small granular scales. Dorsal I 7, the first ray as long as

the head, when laid back extending to the third or fourth

scute behind the last ray, which is 1 as long. Length of

base of dorsal equal to or a little greater than its distance

from the adipose fin, which is well developed. Anal I 4.

some Loricariid Fishes.

95

Pectoral spine extending to anterior ^ of ventral. Caudal

deeply emarginate, the median rays not more than J as

long as the outermost, which are \ the length of the fish.

Caudal peduncle 4-4 1 as long as deep, anteriorly with the

scutes of the lowest (fifth) series nearly flat and those of the

fourth series strongly angulated. Numerous rather small

or oblong purplish spots on head, body, and fins, those on

the dorsal in 2 or 3 series on each interradial membrane.

Magdalena and Cauca Rivers.

Professor Eigenmann Science/ xxi. pp. 792-795) takes

exception to my name Plecostomus Garmani for the species

which he erroneously identified with P. lima, Liitken. He

had given the name P. lima atropinnis to a specimen, pre-

sumably of this species, with the fins uniformly dark brown,

and he says “ Regan considers this variety distinct from lima

and names it Garmani. Of course, if the variety atropinnis

is distinct from the present form it must go by the older

name atropinnis and not Garmani.” This is hardly a correct

statement of the case. I reserve the name atropinnis for a

fish which I have never seen, with the fins uniformly dark

brown *. This fish will probably prove to be specifically

identical with P. Garmani (P. lima (non Liitken), Eigenm.),

and if it be worthy of recognition as a variety, its name will

be P. Garmani, var. atropinnis ; if it should prove to be

specifically distinct from both P. Garmani and P. lima , its

name would be P. atropinnis.

The application of the generic name Ancistrus seems to

need some explanation. As defined and restricted by Gill

this genus includes species with an eight-rayed dorsal fin and

with the interoperculum armed with a tuft of rather long

and slender spines with hooked apices. This definition

appears to me applicable only to A. hrachyurus, A. scaphi-

rhynchus, and A. medians of the species described by Kner.

A. cirrhosus, afterwards selected by Bleeker as the type of

the genus, has rather short and stout interopercular spines,

curved towards the apices, which can scarcely be called

“ hooked.'-’ Dr. Gill’s diagnosis was evidently chiefly based

on the specimens from Trinidad which he identified with

A. guacharote, Cuv. & Yah, which Gunther named Chceto-

stomus trinitatis , and which have now been lost. In view of

* I consulted more than one authority as to the correctness of this

course, as I did not wish to dedicate a species to Dr. Garnian which

might he considered a synonym.

96

Mr. C. T. Regan on

tlie last mentioned fact, and of the insufficiency of the

specific diagnosis, I left C. trinitatis as a doubtful synonym

of A. guacharote ; but it is quite probable that this species

may prove to be nearer to A . megacephalus or A. Bachi ,

since Dr. Gill does not make any mention of the bristles

which are found external to the interopercular spines in

A. guacharote and its allies.

The British Museum has recently received examples of a

new species of this genus, which I propose to call

Ancistrus Bovallii, sp. n.

Allied to A. Schomburgkii , Giinth. Depth of body about

7 in the length, length of head 3. Head nearly as broad as

long and as long as deep. Diameter of eye in

the length of head, interorbital width about 3, length of

snout nearly 2. Snout broad, rounded ; supraorbital edges

not raised ; supraoccipital flat, without median ridge ;

temporal plates not carinate; interoperculum armed with

about 15 slender but rather short spines, with curved tips.

Mouth small, with only 5 or 6 teeth on each side in both

jaws ; length of mandibular ramus considerably less than

the interorbital width. Scutes spinulose, not carinate, 24

to 26 in a longitudinal series, 7 to 9 between dorsal and

adipose fin, 11 to 13 between anal and caudal. Supra-

occipital bordered posteriorly by a pair of scutes. Lower

surface of head and abdomen naked (in the young). Dorsal

I 7, the first ray about J the length of head, the length of

the base less than the distance from adipose fin. Anal I 4-5.

Pectoral spine extending to the base of ventral. Caudal

obliquely emarginate. Caudal peduncle about 3 times as

long as deep. Olivaceous, usually with darker transverse

bars or irregular marbling ; fins usually with dark spots.

Seven specimens, measuring up to 55 mm. in total length,

from the Kaat River, tributary to the Treng River, Upper

Potaro, British Guiana, collected and presented to the British

Museum by Dr. C. Bovallius, who captured them “in a rapid

on the under side of stones.”

Eigenmann has proposed to restrict the name Xenocara to

the species without tentacles on the snout, i. e. X . latifrons

and X. gymnorhynchus. He would use the name Ancistrus

for the species with tentacles ; but, as has been shown above,

this is inadmissible, and as it seems useful to distinguish

these species by a subgeneric name, I propose Thysanocara

for Xenocara cirrhosum and its allies.

some Loricariid Fishes .

1)7

Several recently acquired specimens of X. brevipinnis,

Regan, from Theresopolis are a little smaller than the typical

example, from which they differ slightly. They seem to show

that the type represents the extreme of variation in respect

of two or three characters, so that it appears useful to give a

description based on these examples.

Xenocara brevipinnis.

Depth of body nearly 6 in the length, length of head 2§-3.

Head as long as or a little longer than broad and 2-2£ as

long as deep. Diameter of eye 6-7 in the length of head,

interorbital width 2J- 2|, length of snout 2. Length of

mandibular ramus If— 2^ in the interorbital width. Snout

with tentacles. Interoperculum with 12 to 17 spines, the

longest § the length of head. 23-26 scutes in a longitudinal

series, 6 or 7 between dorsal and adipose fin, 11 or 12

between anal and caudal. Dorsal I 7, the first ray f-|- the

length of head, the last f as long, when laid back not reaching

the spine of the adipose fin, which is preceded by a keel

formed by a single scute. Length of base of dorsal equal to

its distance from the anterior part of the spine of the adipose

fin. Anal I 4. Pectoral spine extending to base of ventral

or a little beyond. Caudal obliquely truncate, the lowest

ray the length of head. Caudal peduncle 2J-2| as long

as deep. Olivaceous, fins dark spotted.

Loricaria Steinbachi , sp. n.

Length of head 3 J-3| in the length of the fish. Head as

broad as long ( $ ) or a little longer than broad (?) and

twice as long as deep. Diameter of eye 8 or 9 in the length

of head, interorbital width 3, length of snout nearly 2.

Sides of the head in the male armed with well-developed

bristles. Snout obtuse; supraorbital edges not or scarcely

raised; orbital notch broad; occipital plate flat, without

keels ; lips papillose, with short marginal fringes ; lower lip

moderately broad, rounded ; barbels very short ; teeth well

developed, 6-9 on each side in both jaws. 30 scutes in a

longitudinal series, 19-21+9-11, not carinate except for

the lateral keels, which are obsolete anteriorly and poste-

riorly are obtuse, but remain separate throughout. Lower

surface of head and abdomen naked, except for a series of

about 8 plates on each side between pectoral and ventral. First

dorsal ray about j the length of head ; pectoral spine ex-

tending to base of ventral or slightly beyond; ventrals

rounded, the spine not produced, the first or first and second

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist . Ser. 7. Vol. xvii. 7

£8

Major Gr. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton on

branched rays the longest ; caudal truncate, the outer rays

not produced. Breadth of body at level of first anal ray 2|-3

in the distance from that point to the caudal. Back with 4

dark cross-bands, the first through the base of the dorsal

fin ; (races of dark spots on the fins.

Three specimens, up to 100 mm. in total length, from

Salta, Argentina, collected by Herr J. Steinbach.

Allied to L. latirostris, which it resembles in the notable

differentiation of the sexes, the males having a broader head

and more obtuse snout than the females, and also the sides

of the head armed with bristles and the whole upper surface

of the body and of the pectoral fins rough, spinulose.

The preceding notes may be summarized thus : — •

Plecostomus horridus, Kner, is probably, and P. tenuicauda ,

Steind., which is redescribed, is certainly distinct from

P. emarginatus, C. & V.

Plecostomus Garmani , Began, is not equivalent to P. lima

atropinnis , Eigenm., but to P. lima (non Liitken), Eigenm.

Ancistrus was restricted to A. medians , Kner, and its allies

by Gill, not by selection of a typical species, but by diagnosis ;

a new species of this genus (A. Bovallii) is described.

Thysanocara is proposed as a new subgeneric name for

Xenocara cirrhosum and its allies. X. brevipinnis , Regan, is

redescribed.

A new Loricaria, L. Steinbachi , is described.

XIII. — Descriptions of Two new Species of Pterygistes.

By G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton.

I find amongst the bats in the British Museum of Natural

History examples of two hitherto undescribed species of

Pterygistes — the one from Madeira, the other from the North-

western Himalayas. In each of these the skull is very

distinct from that of any known form, but I do not attribute

great importance to the dimensions of the body, those of

spirit-specimens being subject to distortion. The two species

may be described as follows : —

1. Pterygistes madeirce , sp. n.

This bat is similar to P . Leisleri} Kulil, of Britain, but

perhaps smaller and with quite different skull. The colour is

new Species of Pterygistes. 99

un ascertainable in the old spirit-specimens, which alone are

available for examination.

The skull, as compared with that of P. Leisleri , is slightly

smaller, less massive, and relatively longer and narrower,

characters which, although quite apparent to the eye, do not

stand out so clearly when expressed in words. It is not at

all like the much smaller P. azoreum, Thomas, with its

somewhat inflated cranium and depressed nasal region.

The dimensions in millimetres of a female (in spirit) are as

follows : —

Head and body 55 ; ear 12 ; tragus 4 ; greatest expanse

of wing 240; thumb and claw 6; longest digit 74; basal

joint of fifth digit 32; basal joint of second digit 40; fore-

arm 43 ; tibia 16 ; hind foot (without claws) 7*5.

Skull (of the type) : greatest length 15 ; basipalatal length

11*5; zygomatic breadth 9*5 ; posterior breadth 9; breadth

between orbits 8, at constriction 4’5 ; length of palate 6 5 ;

breadth between outer borders of m2 6*75 ; length from ante-

rior border of canine to posterior border of m3 5 25.

Hab. Madeira.

This species is evidently the representative of P. Leisleri

in Madeira, and it is remarkable how different it is from its

neighbour P. azoreum of the Azores. It is described from

specimens in the R. F. Tomes collection procured by Mason.

According to the custom of his day, Tomes identified his

specimens with P. Leisleri , from which species, however, it

is clearly differentiated by its characteristic skull.

The type is no. 1 of the Tomes collection in the British

Museum (a female).

2. Pterygistes montanusi sp. n.

As regards general size, coloration, and characters, so far

as they can be ascertained from a specimen long in spirit, this

bat is very similar to P. Leisleri ; but the remarkably large

and massive skull, the big teeth, and somewhat noctula- like

dentition mark it as one of the most distinct members of the

Leisleri group, occupying a position at the head and opposite

end of the series to that occupied by P. azoreum at the foot.

The skull is remarkably strongly built and massive ; the

lambdoid crests are well developed, the sagittal less so ; the

teeth are very large, except the small anterior upper premolar,

which is relatively inconspicuous and recalls that of noctula.

The dimensions of the type (a female in spirit) are as

follows : —

Head and body 60 ; ear 12 ; tragus 6 ; thumb and claw 65 ;

7*

100 Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on neio Species of

longest digit 70 ; basal joint of fifth digit 32; basal joint of

second digit 39 ; forearm 425; tibia 18; hind foot (without

claws) 8 5.

Shull (of the type) : greatest length 16 ; basipalatal

length 122 ; zygomatic breadth (damaged) ; posterior

breadth 10 ; breadth between orbits 8, at constriction 5 ;

length of palate (damaged) 6 ; breadth between outer borders

of m2 7*5 ; length from anterior border of canine to posterior

border of mz 7.

Iiab. (see type).

The type and only known specimen is a male, no.

79. 11. 21. 164 of the British Museum collection. It was

procured by Capt. T. Hutton at Mussooree, North-western

Himalayas, at an altitude of 4500 to 5500 feet, and was

received from the Indian Museum.

Capt. Hutton (P. Z. S. 1872, p. 707) remarks that this

bat is u far from common at Mussooree, and appears to

be confined to an elevation ranging from 4500 to 5500 feet,

on the northern side of the Tyne range, immediately beyond

Mussooree. . . . Colour of the fur dark brown, with a chestnut

tinge, beneath paler and somewhat greyish. ... A male

[evidently the type] has the carpus 1-J-J- in. ; tibia in. ; ear

J in. ; nose to tail 3| in. ; tail 2J in. ; total length 5\ in.”

XI Y. — New Species of Lycsenidse from British New Guinea .

By George T. Bethune-Baker, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Parelodina aroa , B.-B.

When I described this species from the Aroa River (see

Novit. Zool. voi. xi. p. 368) I stated that there was a blue

irroration over the blackish basal area ; since writing that

1 have received the species from Mr. Pratt, who took it at

Babooni in August. There is a most delicate pale mauve-

blue iridescence over nearly all the white area also.

Candalides owyarra, sp. n.

$ . Both wings creamy white : primaries with a very

restricted black basal area ; costa black to the cell, expanding

towards the apex and descending in a nearly even curve to

vein 2, making the termen very broadly and the apex yet

more broadly black : secondaries with a black basal dash

Lycsenidse from British New Guinea. 101

along vem 1. Underside spotless white, but with the black

of the pnmaries showing through.

Expanse 36 mm.

The type is in my collection from Owgarra a short series

being sent home by Mr. Meek. 8 ’ ' senes

Candalides Meeki, sp n

under-surface spots showing through - S ‘ u '* * 16

intersected with brown at the veins ’ T r ’ fi,ne1^

p‘ lit

line: secondaries with base sliu-hflv oT1fr i *?ne

l-:»* points; 0,11 E/C’, fa tit ‘"""“'Si"

'zz ‘z r11 ■ f “7® ■;

between veins 1 and *2 thp nfp1’ , ^nuJai> shitted outwards

spots; termen narrowly chestnut-brown Chestnut-bl0'™

-Expanse 36 mm.

aasr: Sr SzrztzLri

Candalides sublutea , sp. n.

**? «' ,•'« r 'c sr.cg rtr

until sr ,x ziii*s

a teiminal row of minute silvery dots ^ 9 W *

Expanse 30 mm.

.p£«»!r« iiipti"” °’ea™> "i»* * «

102

Mr. G. T. Betliune-Baker on new Species of

Candalides grandis , sp. n.

S . Both wings mauvisli blue with termen finely black :

secondaries with terminal small black spots between the

lower radial veins. Under surface : primaries greyish white

with clay-coloured marks ; a narrow line closing the cell, a

broad serrate, irregular, somewhat curved (as to its lower

portion) band tapering gradually towards the tornus, a sub-

terminal row of crenulate marks : secondaries whitish, more

or less suffused with clay-coloured irrorations up to the post-

medial line, all the marks clay-coloured ; a series of five

small basal dots; a median series of larger spots, the third

shifted outwards and bisected by vein 3 ; cell closed by an

irregular dash, with a narrow waved dash above it shifted

inwards, an irregular strongly serrate posterior stripe

curved outwards from vein 6 to 2 ; a fine subterminal serrate

line following the same course as the postmedial stripe, a

small twin dot near the tornus ; termen finely brownish.

Expanse 46 mm.

The type is in my collection from Owgarra, a short series

being sent home.

Cyaniris Drucei, sp. n.

. Both wings lustrous purplish blue with termen nar-

rowly black ; in the secondaries the termen is narrower than

in the primaries, and there is a trace of a terminal row of

black dots which become plainer at the tornus. Under

surface : both wings whitish with chestnut-brown marks :

primaries with a fine line closing the cell ; a postmedial row

of six waved marks not quite confluent, the first one being

isolated basewards, a subterminal row of dots ; termen finely

brown : fringes white with brown tips : secondaries with a

small basal spot above the cell ; a series of three small sub-

basal spots, the middle one angled ; cell closed by a fine line,

above which outwards are two small isolated spots, the upper

one being furthest out ; a posterior row of more or less

confluent marks, the upper ones forming a double angle,

below which are two small isolated spots, followed by an

angled one shifted outwards, and another on the inner margin

shifted right inwards ; a subterminal row of small spots ;

termen finely brown ; fringes white intersected with brown at

the veins.

Expanse 32 mm.

The type is in my collection from Owgarra, where it is

apparently not very abundant.

Lycsen id se fro m British New Guinea .

103

Cyaniris ace sin a, sp. n.

. Both wings pale sublustrous violet-blue : primaries

with a broad black apex and termen, which narrows very

rapidly to the tornus : secondaries with a smallish black

patch at the apex and a narrow black termen, wilh a small

black spot between veins 2 and 3 ; fringes white interrupted

with black. Undersurface : both wings pale greyish mauve,

with similar-coloured spots encircled with white : primaries

with the inner marginal two thirds whitish, a spot closing the

cell; postmedial band composed of six confluent spots, the

first on the costa small, third to fifth shifted outwards, sixth

well inwards, with a seventh below it scarcely more than a

dash ; terminal area whitish from this band, a terminal row

of six small spots preceded internally by a scalloped line :

secondaries with a series of three basal spots followed by a

series of three median spots, the middle one of which has a

minute one just below it ; cell closed by a largish spot; post-

medial row consisting of seven spots, viz., a pair below the

costa, three shifted right outwards (the middle one being the

furthest out), sixtli spot inwards, seventh outwards ; a

terminal row of small dark spots preceded by a strongly

scalloped line, area between this line and the postmedial row

whitish.

Expanse 34 mm.

The type from Owgarra is in my collection. This species

has a most extraordinary likeness below to the section of the

genus Arhopala that was named b}7, Moore Acesina ; the

resemblance, however, is but superficial.

Paraduba, gen. nov.

<$ . Palpi porrect, fringed with long hair ; third segment

smooth, slightly deflexed. Eyes hairy. Neuration similar to

that obtaining in the genus Nacaduba, except that in the

primaries veins 6 and 7 arise from the same point at the

upper extremity of the cell, whilst 7 terminates in front of

the apex, and vein 11 anastomoses with 12 almost from its

origin, separating near the costa. In the secondaries a

short tail arises at the end of vein 2. In shape the costa is

nearly straight, the apex of the primaries is somewhat acute,

and the termen is produced between veins 5 and 2. The

secondaries are small and somewhat truncated.

Type, Paraduba owgarra , B.-B.

104

Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on

Paraduba owgarra , sp. n.

d . Both wings dull violet-blue : primaries with apex and

termen broadly brown, the latter tapering somewhat to the

tornus : secondaries with the apex and termen much less

broad. Underside : both wings pinkish brown with slightly

darker spots edged with white : primaries with a band

consisting of three confluent spots across the wing at the

middle of the cell, an irregular spot closing the cell ; post-

medial band of six spots, very irregular in shape, 3 and 4

being shifted outwards, 5 inwards, 6 small ; a terminal row

of spots preceded by a broadish scalloped line ; area above the

tornus whitish : secondaries with a small basal spot at vein 8,

a series of three largish subconfluent subbasal spots, a large

irregular spot closing the cell ; postmedial band consisting

of eight more or less confluent irregular spots, 3 and 4 shifted

well out, 5 to 8 each more inwards than its predecessor;

termen with a row of small dots preceded by a narrow scalloped

dark line ; a small black spot with an internal red edging in

the space between veins 2 and 3, and a minute trace of another

at the tornus.

Expanse 28 mm.

The type is in my collection from Owgarra, where it

appears to be a rare species.

XV. — Descriptions of some new African Butterflies.

By George T. Bethune-Baker, E.L.S., F.Z.S.

I HAVE recently received a small collection of Lepidoptera

from Patigo, in the Acholi country, in which there are a few

new species that I here describe. Patigo is the old Eatiko

of Sir Samuel Baker’s days and formed his chief station.

The people and country are interesting ; the latter abounds

with game, large and small, but the people, who are very

keen hunters, so scour the land with fires, that the entomo-

logical prospects are not good so long as this custom prevails.

The Acholi are practically unclothed, nothing but a short

apron being ever worn, and this only, as a rule, by the men,

though both sexes, as frequently is the case, are heavily

laden with ornaments. 1 am informed that the common

method of salutation is the high handshake, of recent fashion

in our own country, a curious illustration of the old adage

u Extremes meet.” I am also describing a few new species

105

new African Butterflies .

sent over by Mr. F. J. Jackson in bis last collection. My

measurements are taken by doubling the distance from the

centre of the thorax to the apex of the wing.

Pentila ntebiy sp. n.

£ . Both wings subdiaphanous white : primaries with the

costa broadly dark, expanding towards the end of the cell

and in an even curve descending towards the tornus, so that

the apex and termen are very broadly dark, tapering gradually

to the tornus ; the dark termen of the secondary is compara-

tively narrow from the apex to the tornus.

Expanse 32 mm.

The type was taken by Mr. Jackson at N’tebi (Uganda) :

it occurs from March to May.

The species will follow after P. sylpha , Kirby, but it has

no trace of a cell-spot in either wing.

Epitola mengoensis , sp. n.

£ . Primary blackish, with a slight purplish patch to

beyond the cell, but so dark as to appear little more than a

greasy area : secondaries black, with the area between veins

7 and 1 bluish, of a rough appearance, the veins intersecting

the blue, and with a black dash at the end of the cell ;

termen broadly dark. Underside: primaries dark greyish

brown, with a pale spot beyond the cell and a pale inner

margin : secondaries pinkish brown, with the basal area dark

to beyond the cell ; a posterior and submarginal lunulated

line close together, somewhat darker than the ground-colour.

The apex of the primaries is almost falcate, being acute

and excavated directly below it, whilst the termen from

veins 5 to 3 is strongly produced outwards, giving the contour

an unusual shape for this genus ; the neuration is^ quite

typical.

Expanse 36 mm.

The type was taken by Mr. Jackson in March at Mengo.

Lachnocnema busoga , sp. n.

$ . Both wings blackish brown, with large white central

areas : primaries with the white area from nearly the base,

expanding very rapidly for three quarters of the wing, and

extending from near the upper margin of the cell to vein 1 :

secondaries with a very large white patch from the abdominal

fold to vein 6 and from half of the cell to near the termen.

Underside : primaries wdiite, with costa and termen broadly

106

Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker on

brown ; a smallish spot before the apex, followed by a large

oblique one below, with scattered silvery scales in the dark

costa and apex : secondaries white, with a very broad,

sharply defined, subquadrangular costal patch from near the

base to three quarters, in the middle of which is a white

oblique streak ; one or two basal white spots ringed with

silvery brown, followed by a median row of four similar spots ;

a trace of a postmedial row of four or five like spots ; termen

broadly brown, with probably some anal dark and silvery

spots, but the tornus is damaged.

Expanse 46 mm.

The type was taken by Mr. Jackson in Busoga in October.

It will come next to L. magna , Auriv.

Myrina Sharpsi , sp. n.

<$ . Both wings blackish : the primaries with the lower

part of the cell, a limited area below the cell and between

veins 1 and 2, and also a dash between veins 2 and 3 lustrous

dark blue : secondaries with the area between veins 2 and 8

dark lustrous blue, ihe blue extending nearly into the termen

at vein 2. Underside : both wings pinkish brown : primaries

spotless : secondaries with a small black spot in the cell and

a postmedial row of small black spots, this row being sharply

and deeply curved between veins 8 and 3 ; from the latter it

becomes almost a line to the inner margin ; lobe-spot bright

red, with a dash of grey scaling above it margined laterally

with blackish ; tail white, black-edged.

Expanse 30 mm.

This species was taken from March to May at NTebi by

Mr. Jackson. It will come next to M. dermaptera) Wllgr.,

to which it is a close ally.

Hypolyccena Jacksoni , sp. n.

$ . Upperside: both wings dull orange-red, with a slight

purple gloss in certain lights : primaries with a very broad

dark brown termen, with a purple gloss : secondaries with a

broadish dark termen, tapering rapidly to the tornus, which is

bluish white, the lobe having a yellowish edging; tail long,

second tail of moderate length. Underside : both wings pure

white up to the termen : primaries with a short oblique orange-

red stripe from the costa to near the origin of vein 2 ; a

postmedial, orange-red, oblique, subcrenulate stripe ending on

vein 1 b ; a fine, slightly curved, dark line between this and

the termen. Secondaries: a short orange-red basal dash

between vein 8 and the cell; an oblique, orange-red, slightly

107

new African Butterflies.

irregular line to vein 2 ; below vein 2 at the angle the line is

continued as a fine blackish line; between this and the

termen a fine dark subcrenulate line to the inner margin,

where it is angled, and continued shortly up the inner

margin ; a black spot above the second tail, edged internally

with yellowish ; lobe-spot black, edged with a small yellowish

patch internally, and a very pale metallic-blue patch nearer

the termen, with an indefinite greyish metallic-blue scaling

beyond it ; termen finely black.

Expanse 41 mm.

Bab. Toro.

This fine and unusual-looking species is like none with

which I am acquainted ; it belongs to the section having no

sex-mark ; it was taken by Mr. Jackson in February.

Catochrysops kabrosce , sp. n

$ . Both wings palish brown : primaries with a dark mark

closing the cell and a trace of a terminal row of spots in a

very slightly paler ground, those in the tornus and between

veins 2 and 3 slightly edged with orange internally : second-

aries with a very large orange patch occupying the tornal

are?a and tapering rapidly as it nears the apex ; a well-defined

black terminal spot between veins 2 and 3 ; fringes whitish.

Underside : both wings clear whitish grey : primaries with a

black lunulate mark encircled with white closing the cell,

followed by a postmedial curved row of five black spots

encircled with white ; directly beyond is a subterminal row

of six dark sublunular marks, edged with white, followed by

a terminal row of pale brown spots in a whitish area ; termen

finely dark brown : secondaries with three small black sub-

basal spots encircled with white, the uppermost one followed

by a similar spot midway between it and the apex ; the rest

of the marks are scarcely darker than the ground-colour and

are all encircled with white ; a lunulate spot closing the cell ;

a postmedial row of six spots, the upper three in an acute

curve; the middle spot of the lower three shifted inwards;

touching these spots outside is a row of white spear-shaped

marks ; a terminal row of spots in a white ground, the spot

between veins 2 and 3 black, edged externally with metallic

blue and internally more broadly with orange ; termen finely

dark.

Expanse 30 mm.

The type was taken by Mr. Jackson at Kabros in

November.

108

Mr. G. T. Betliune-Baker on

Catochrysops acholi , sp. n.

d . Both wings uniform very dark brown, with the cell

closed by a darker dash ; secondaries with a terminal black

spot between veins 2 and 3, margined internally wfith orange.

Underside: both wings pale greyish brown: primaries with

spots but little darker than the ground-colour, edged with

whitish ; a spot closing the cell ; a posterior row of six spots,

the upper three slightly curved ; a subterminal row of broad

marks, slightly < -shaped: secondaries with all the spots

edged with whitish ; three subbasal black spots — one below

the costa, in the cell, and on the inner margin ; an irregular

spot closing the cell, with a black spot above and below it;

a very irregular posterior row of six spots, the uppermost one

isolated and the lowest two shifted well inwards ; a subterminal

row of five < -shaped marks, below which is a black spot,

edged externally with metallic blue and internally by a large

orange spot, with a small orange spot at the tornus.

9 . Both wings pale whitish lustrous mauve-blue : pri-

maries wfith a large dark spot closing the cell ; a broad dark

brown costa and a very broad dark brown termen : secondaries

with a broad brown costa to the cell and along vein 7 ;

termen broadly brown, with a row of < -shaped bluish-white

marks in it ; a black spot between veins 2 and 3, edged

internally broadly with orange, and a smaller orange spot at

the tornus ; a posterior row of four or five spots, the fourth

shifted inwards ; these spots in the type specimen are quite

small, but in a second specimen they are large. Underside

like the male, but paler and the white encirclings of the

spots broader.

Expanse, <$ 49, $ 48 mm.

The types are in my collection from the Acholi country, a

district 200 miles north of the Victoria Nyanza.

The species will come near C. parsimon.

Catochrysops nandiana , sp. n.

£ . Both wings bright mauve-blue, with termen rather

narrowly black : primaries with a trace of the coppery

inorations that make C. mahallakocenai Wllgr., so conspicuous

an insect ; but with this species there is only a faint trace of

this coppery colour, and in flown specimens it quite dis-

appears : secondaries with a black terminal spot between

veins 1 a and 2, edged internally with a small pinkish spot.

Underside similar to that of mahaUakccenci, Wllgr., but the

new African Butterflies, 109

colour is very pale and the spots somewhat larger and more

broadly edged with white.

Expanse 26 mm.

The type was taken by Mr. Jackson at Nandi in the month

of April.

Zizera Drucei sp. n

£ . Both wings sooty brown, strongly suffused all over

with blue : primaries with a moderately narrow dark termen,

on the internal edge of which is a trace of a row of blackish

spots: secondaries just like the primaries. Underside : both

wings dark coffee-brown, with black spots edged with white :

primaries with two cell-spots, the second large; beyond this

below the costa a minute spot ; a postmedial curved row of

four spots, the lowest very small ; an indefinite subterminal

row of dark spots adjoining the white edging of the sub-

terminal row : secondaries with a basal row of four minute

but distinct spots, followed by a similar subbasal row of larger

spots; a spot closing the cell ; a strongly curved postmedial

row of seven spots ; a fine white streak extends from the spot

closing the cell to the third and fourth spots of this row ;

terminal and subterminal row as in the primaries.

Expanse 20 mm.

The type (from Madagascar) is in my collection. The

species is nearest to Z. knysna , Trim., but the spots of the

secondaries are quite diverse.

Sarangesa ganyi , sp. n.

<$ . Both wings dark grey : primaries with the basal two

thirds darker; a double hyaline spot at the origin of vein 11,

and another double spot at the angle of vein 3 ; three small

spots not in a straight line below the costa nearer the apex;

beyond these is a trace of a postmedial spotted row, the spots

scarcely darker than the ground-colour : secondaries with

traces of a subbasal and postmedial spotted band scarcely

darker than the ground-colour. Under surface as above,

but the pattern is more distinct.

$ . Like the male, but the hyaline spot below7 vein 3 much

larger, whilst the darker bands are also more distinct.

Expanse, $ 35, $ 36 mm.

The types from Patigo, in the Ganyi or Acholi country,

are in my collection. The species will come next 8. lugens)

Rogenh.

110

Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Fishes

Cy clop ides ogwanyi , sp. n.

£ . Head black ; palpi yellow, with a few interspersed

black hairs; thorax with dark orange-red patagise. Primary

black, with a short, irregular, postmedial band of four very

pale canary-yellow spots from vein 10 to vein 3, the two

middle spots being longish and projected well outwards ; a

small chrome-yellow spot near the tornus ; fringes black :

secondaries very dark brown, with a submarginal row of

small chrome-yellow spots ; fringes chrome-yellow. Under-

side with the canary-coloured spots darker, and a series of

canary-coloured interneural terminal spots, those at the apex

being dashes : secondaries silvery white, with black veins ; a

chrome-yellow subbasal spot below vein 8 ; cell closed by a

similar spot, with two more below it; two posterior similarly

coloured spots, viz. one near the apex between veins 6 and 7

and one above it shifted basewards ; a row of three such spots

between veins 1 a and 4.

Expanse 35 mm.

The type (from Patigo) is in my collection. The species

should be placed between C. formosus, Btl.,and Carsoni , Btl. ,

but the upperside and the marked break in the posterior row

of yellow spots on the underside of the secondaries should

easily separate it.

XVI. — On some Fishes from the Kuoanqo River ( Congo

System) in Angola , collected by Dr. W, J. Ansorge. By

G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S.

At the end of 1903 Dr. Ansorge collected some fishes at

Fort Don Carlos, in the province of Loanda, at the junction

of the Cambo and Kwango (or Quango) Rivers. Owing to

the great difficulties of transport over land some of the

specimens unfortunately arrived decayed, whilst a few, in a

rather poor state of preservation, could be preserved for the

British Museum. However, the interest which attaches to a

knowledge of the fishes of the southern tributaries of the

Congo induces me to shortly describe without further delay

two remarkable new species represented in that collection.

The other determinable species are : — Hydrocyon lineatus ,

Blkr., Labeo macrostoma , Blgr., L . lineatus , Blgr., and

Clarias Dumeriliij Stdr.

from the Kwango River, Angola .

Ill

Varicorhinus Ansorgii , sp. n.

Body strongly compressed, its depth twice and § in total

length ; length of head 5 times in total length. Snout

rounded, broader than long, J length of head; eye supero-

lateral, its diameter 5J times in length of head, twice in inter-

orbital width ; no conical tubercles on the head ; mouth wide,

curved, its width § length of bead ; two barbels on each side,

anterior § diameter of eye, posterior as long as eye. Dorsal

IV 9, last simple ray strong, bony, not serrated, shorter than

head ; border of fin convex ; longest soft rays as long as

head. Anal III 5, reaching root of caudal. Pectoral

pointed, as long as head, not reaching ventral, which is

situated below anterior rays of dorsal. Caudal peduncle as

long as deep. Scales 29 Jf, 2 between lateral line and root of

ventral, 12 round caudal peduncle.

Dr. Ansorge describes the coloration when fresh as pale

mauve above, scales edged with bluish grey, greyish white

beneath; fins all pale mauve, with dark mauve striae; iris

greyish mauve, with a narrow orange-golden circle round the

pupil.

A single specimen, measuring 300 mm. iNative name :

Kimnewu.

The Cyprinid genus Varicorhinus , Riippell, 1837 ( — Dil -

Ionia , Heckel, 1846), which should embrace Pterocapoeta of

Gunther and the typical Capoeta of the same author, may be

regarded as nearly intermediate between Labeo and Barbus ,

being distinguished from the first by the absence of both

upper and lower lips, from the second by the absence of

upper lip. Some species of Barbus , however, including the

typical Scaphiodon of Heckel, approach Varicorhinus very

closely. As here defined, the genus contains only four

African species, which may be contrasted as follows : —

1.

2.

3.

4.

V. Ansorgii , Blgr. — Two pairs of barbels ; last simple

ray of dorsal strong and ossified. Sq. 29 jf.

F. beso , Hupp. — One pair of barbels ; last simple ray

of dorsal strong and ossified. Sq. 30-35

V . tangamcce, JtSlgr. — Une pair or

ray of dorsal strong and ossified.

V. maroccanus , Gthr. — One pair of barbels; last simple

ray of dorsal feeble and flexible. Sq. 45-46 ~f.

112

Sir Gr. F. Hampson on

Atopochilus macrocephalus , sp. n.

Depth of body § its greatest width, 5 times in total length.

Head much depressed, once and J as long as broad, its length

twice and \ in total length, its upper surface slightly rugose ;

snout broadly rounded, its length twice and ^ postocular part

of head ; nostrils nearer end of snout than eye, the diameter

of which is 6-J times in length of head and twice and ^ in

interorbital width ; buccal cleft length of head ; band of

prsemaxillary teeth interrupted in the middle, as broad as the

lower lip ; lateral barbel \ length of head, more than twice as

long as posterior barbel. Occipito-nuchal shield broader

than long. A striated, acutely pointed humeral process.

Dorsal I 6 ; spine striated, | length of head. Adipose fin 3

times as long as deep, § its distance from rayed dorsal.

Anal 9 (3 rays rudimentary). Pectoral spine striated, with

8 retrorse teeth on its inner, border, its length J that of the

head. Ventral reaching origin of anal. Caudal peduncle

slightly longer than deep.

Slate-grey when fresh, with three yellowish bars on the

body, the first above the pectoral fin, the second in front of

the adipose fin, the third on the caudal peduncle; head

greenish grey above, greenish yellow beneath ; fins greenish

yellow, ventrals, anal, and caudal with a dark brown bar;

iris greenish grey, with a golden streak on upper part.

Total length 75 mm.

A single specimen. Native name : Kibanda.

Only one species was hitherto known of the remarkable

Silurid genus Atopochilus , Sauvage — A. Savorgnani , Sauv.,

from the Upper Ogowe, in which the head is contained 3|

times in the total length and the eye 4.| times in the length of

the head and not more than twice in the interorbital width ;

the dorsal and pectoral spines are longer, and there are 11

anal rays instead of 9.

XVII. — On new Thyrididae and Pyralidae.

By Sir George F. Hampson, Bart., B.A., F.Z.S., &c.

The numbers refer to papers on the classification of the

Thyrididse (P. Z. S. 1897, pp. 603-633), the Chrysauginae

(pp. 633-692); the Epipaschianae,Endotrichinae,and Pyralinae

(Trans. Ent. Soc. 1896, pp. 451-550).

new Thyrididae and Pyralidae.

113

Thyrididae.

(5 a.) Dysodia rufiflava , sp. n.

g . Head red-brown ; thorax and abdomen fiery red ;

pectus and legs pale brownish red ; abdomen with the basal

half white, then deep red. Fore wing with the basal and

costal areas and veins fiery red, the medial area below cell

and the terminal area yellow ; an elliptical hyaline spot in

end of cell ; two ill-defined, slightly waved and curved,

antemedial brown lines ; two very indistinct red medial lines

on the yellow medial band with dark striae on them iti and

just below cell ; a broad red-brown postmedial band, its outer

edge angled outwards at veins 5, 4, then incurved ; an oblique

brown line from costa before apex to middle of termen ; a

series of brown points from the angle of postmedial band to

tornus. Hind wing with the basal and costal areas fiery red-

brown, the terminal half of wing yellow reticulated with red ;

two or three ill-defined interrupted dark brown lines on the

basal dark area ; a quadrate hyaline spot in end of cell ; an

ill-defined, irregular, dark browrn postmedial line from costa

to vein 2 ; a sligh;ly curved red-browm line from costa beyond

middle to middle of termen, diffused towards apex ; a dark

red-brown line from vein 2 to tornus.

Hab. Singapore ( Ridley ), 1 <$ type. Exp. 24 mm.

(8.) Dysodia pennit arsis, sp. n.

Mid legs of male with large fringe of scales and hair on

terminal joint of tarsi.

Fiery orange-red ; palpi and tegulae brown, the former

with fine pale line on second joint at sides ; mid tarsi

with the fringe of scales black ; hind tarsi with the ex-

tremity blackish ; abdomen with fine blackish subbasal lines.

Fore wing with dark strite forming somewhat reticulate

lines; a curved antemedial line; a medial line excurved

in cell ; a prominent oblique straight hlaek postmedial line,

slightly angled below costa, and confluent w ith a small dif-

fused blackish mark from below costa beyond middle ; a very

slightly curved oblique line from costa just beyond the post-

medial line to middle of termen ; cilia dark brown w ith some

pale patches above tornus. Hind wing wfith dark striae

forming somewhat reticulate markings; a rather reniform

hyaline patch in end of cell edged with dark brown ; a

prominent oblique line from middle of costa to tornus, above

w hich it forks ; a slight oblique line from costa beyond

Ann. May, N. Hist. Ser. 7. Yol. x\ii. 8

114

Sir G. F. Hampson on

middle to near termen at vein 4, where it is acutely angled,

then parallel to termen ; cilia dark brown, whitish at tips in

the emarginations below middle. Underside of fore wing

with irregularly elliptical deep chocolate patch edged with

black beyond and below lower angle of cell, traversed by the

reddish veins.

[Jab. Sumatra ( de Niceville), 1 ¥ ; Borneo, Sandakan

[Fryer) , 1 type. Exp. 40 mm.

(3.) Mathoiis lenistrialis, sp. n.

$ . Fiery red ; wings uniformly and rather thickly marked

with inconspicuous deeper red striae; the underside rather

paler, with the striae slightly more prominent, some of them

forming an ill- defined somewhat darker oblique postmedial

band on fore wing not reaching costa, and an indistinct

oblique postmedial line on hind wing.

Hab. Gold Coast [W. H. Johnson ), 1 ? type. Exp.

26 mm.

(4.) Mathoris multiguttata , sp. n.

£ . Wings rather long and narrow. Head and collar dark

grey and rufous ; thorax and abdomen chalky white, the

latter with the medial segments dorsally suffused and the

terminal segments banded with dark grey. Fore wing dark

grey, the costal area suffused with rufous ; five rather ill-

defined bands of annulate white marks, the first three almost

coalescing below the cell; a prominent black- centred white

spot on an apical rufous patch. Hind wing dark grey striated

with black ; a postmedial band of annulate white spots ex-

panding into a large triangular patch at tornus. Underside

of fore wing with a large rufous black-speckled patch on disk,

the veins towards and beyond end of cell streaked with

metallic scales.

Hab. Bolivia, Tanampajo. Exp. 26 mm. Type in Coll.

Staudiuger.

(4 a.) Striglina pallidirufa, sp. n.

<j> . Rather pale rufous. Fore wing with rather sparse

pale fuscous striae forming obscure reticulations ; faint

traces of an oblique line from beyond the cell to middle of

inner margin; terminal half of costal edge whitish, with

medial, postmedial, and subterminal short black streaks.

Hind wing with rather sparse pale fuscous striae forming

obscure reticulations ; an indistinct oblique medial line with

some slightly deeper rufous suffusion beyond it. Underside

new Thyrididse and Pyralidae. 115

with the striae rather more prominent ; fore wing with slight

black discoidal bar, rather concave towards base.

Hab. Solomons, Gizo I. {Meek), 1 ? . Exp. 36 mm.

(4 b.) Striglina flammans , sp. n.

$ . Fiery red ; palpi, tegulse, tips of patagia, and medial

part of abdomen tinged with brown ; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen pale brown. Fore wing with numerous

brown reticulate lines formed of striae; a rather triangular

brown patch beyond the cell with an oblique line from it,

expanding below vein 2 and forking above inner margin ; a

brown line obliquely excurved from costa beyond middle to

vein 5, slightly incurved at vein 4, retracted below vein 3,

and ending at tornus ; terminal half of costal edge alternately

streaked with black and whitish ; cilia dark brown, whitish

at tips above tornus. Hind wing with numerous reticulate

lines formed of brown strise ; a brown mark below middle

of costa with line from it to inner margin ; cilia dark brown,

with whitish tips in two slight emarginations towards tornus.

Underside with the ground-colour pale brown.

Hab. Peru, Peren6 {Simons), 1 ? type. Exp. 36 mm.

(6.) Striglina guttistigma, sp. n.

Fore wing with the termen excised toward tornus.

$ . Head, thorax, and abdomen pale dull red-brown ;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen pale rufous,

the front of pectus deep rufous. Fore wing pale dull red-

browm with numerous indistinct dark strise; indistinct oblique

dark antemedial and medial lines, the area beyond the latter

tinged with fuscous and glossed with silvery grey to near

termen ; a reddish-ochreous postmedial patch between veins

7 and 1, with two small round white spots on its upper ex-

tremity, expanding at middle, and with three similar small

white spots on inner and outer sides ; terminal area reddish

ochreous. Hind wing ochreous tinged with red-brown, the

basal area greyish ; numerous reticulate brown lines formed

of strise ; an irregular red-brown medial band expanding

somewhat at middle and narrowing to a point at inner

margin. Underside more ochreous with rufous reticulations,

some blackish suffusion round the postmedial patch on fore

wing.

Hab. Nigeria, Sapele {Samjoson), 1 $ type. Exp. 36 mm.

(2.) Camadena emarginalis , sp. n.

Hind wing with the termen acutely angled at veins 7

8*

116

Sir. G. F. Ilampson on

and 2, then with two slight excisions towards tornns ; fore

wing with the terraen excised towards tornus.

$ . Head, thorax, and abdomen rufous; pectus, legs, and

ventral surface of abdomen whitish. Fore wing rufous, with

yellowish white patches reticulated with fine rufous markings;

a small elliptical antemedial spot in cell and somewhat

quadrate patch on inner area; a somewhat quadrate medial

patch from below costa to just below cell and a rather

oblique elliptical spot on inner area ; an elliptical postmedial

patch from costa to vein 5, a patch beyond angle of cell

between veins 4 and 2, and a patch from vein 3 to inner

margin near tornus ; two minute spots on costa towards

apex. Hind wing with the basal area yellowish white,

closely reticulated with rufous markings, the terminal half

rufous with a rounded rufous- reticulated yellowish patch

below costa beyond middle confluent with a large patch ex-

tending from vein 5 to submedian fold, the inner edge of

which is confluent with the basal area, an interrupted medial

narrow band, the apical and tornal areas being left rufous.

Underside of fore wing with dark brown antemedial striae on

costa and in cell, and irregular postmedial patches on costal

and inner areas ; hind wing with small dark brown spots on

and below middle of costa.

Hab. Dutch N. Guinea, Kapaur ( Doherty ), 1 ? type.

Exp. 24 mm.

Genus Endolophia, nov.

Palpi upturned, the second joint reaching vertex of head,

the third long ; antennae of male simple ; tibiae with the spurs

short ; abdomen long, the claspers very long and with long

genital tufts. Fore wing with all the veins from the cell,

vein 8 absent. Hind wing with vein 5 from above lower

angle of cell; 6 from below upper angle, the inner area

largely tufted with long hair on underside.

Endolophia hypoheemia , sp. n.

d . Head, thorax, and abdomen red-brown mixed with

grey; the genital tufts ochreous. Wings bright red-brown,

variegated with grey and ochreous, and striated with darker

red ; a dark discoidal point to fore wing ; a curved greyish-

ochreous postmedial band and similar narrower subterminal

band on both wings. Underside strongly suffused with

crimson ; the tufts of hair ochreous and fuscous.

Hab. Br. Guiana, Berg-en-Daal [Ellacombe) , 1 <$ type

in Coll. Rothschild. Exp. 18 mm.

new Thyrididae and Pyralidse.

117

(2 a.) Rhodoneura pexa, sp. n.

Antennae bipectinate with moderate branches to apex in

both sexes.

Head rufous ; thorax and abdomen grey- white ; legs

rufous, except tarsi, the hind tibiae black at extremities.

Fore wing ochreous tinged with rufous, the costa suffused

with white, reticulate with indistinct rufous markings (except

on marginal areas, which have only a few faint striae) ; traces

of oblique greyish ante- and postmedial bands ; cilia white

at tips. Hind wing ochreous tinged with rufous and reticu-

late with rufous markings, very faint on terminal area ; a

greyish medial band defined by rufous striae, the reticulations

before and on its middle filled in ‘with yellow. Underside

with the reticulations on basal half of fore wing and medial

band of hind wing deep rufous filled in with yellow.

Hub. Mashonaland, Umtali ( Marshall ), 1 £ ; Capis

Colony, 1 g type. Exp., <$ 26, ? 36 mm.

(2 b.) Rhodoneura sparsireta, sp. n.

$ . Antennae bipectinate. Yellowish white; head and

thorax partly suffused with red-brown ; abdomen slightly

ringed with brown ; wings striated with rufous. Fore wing

with cur\ed antemedial line; a line from costa near the first

line to lower angle of cell, where it joins the oblique medial

line which forks at costa; a postmedial line angled outwards

below costa, where it anastomoses with a curved line from

costa before apex to middle of termen, angled inwards at

middle, and outwards above vein 2, where it gives off a spur

to termen. Hind wing with oblique medial line connected

by spurs at middle and above inner margin with the sinuous

subterminal line, wdiich gives off two spurs to termen above

middle and one below.

Hab . Cuba. Exp. 20 mm. Type in Coll. Staudinger.

(14 a.) Rhodoneura acygoniata, sp. n.

Fore wing with the termen slightly angled at middle;

hind wiug with it acutely angled.

$ . Pale rufous ; wings reticulated with darker rufous.

Fore wing w7ith some rufous markings at base; an ante-

medial band angled below costa, then oblique ; a postmedial

band acutely angled below costa, then oblique and fork-

ing towards inner margin, some dark marks beyond it at

middle; an oblique band across apical area curving round

and reaching termen above middle; a submarginal band

118

Sir G. F. Hampson on

from inner margin to vein 5, where it is bent inwards.

Hind wing with dark rufous subbasal band ; a medial band

constricted at middle and inner margin ; a large apical patch

and a short submarginal band below the angle of termen.

Hab. Colombia. 40 mm. Type in Coll. Staudinger.

(14 b.) Rhodoneura evgrctpha, sp. n.

Pale rufous ; palpi, antennae, and a bar between their

bases deep rufous ; patagia and metathorax with deep rufous

patches ; abdomen with more or less complete deep rufous

dorsal stripe, the terminal segments blackish. Fore wing

thickly reticulated with deep rufous ; a rufous fascia on base

of costa, then just below costa to apex ; an antemedial rufous

line slightly angled outwards below costa, then oblique; an

almost medial line forked towards costa and slightly incurved

below the cell ; a somewhat oblique postmedial line forked

towards costa and inner margin ; a line across apical area

from costa to termen at vein 4 ; a rather triangular patch on

termen from below vein 3 to tornus. Hind wing thickly

reticulate with deep rufous ; oblique antemedial and medial

rufous lines ; a line across apical area from costa to termen

at vein 4 ; a rather annulate mark on termen at vein 2 ;

cilia deep rufous.

Hab. Ashanti, Kumassi ( Whiteside ), 1 $ } 1 ? type.

Exp. 38 mm.

(14 c.) Rhodoneura leucosticta, sp. n.

Hind wing with the termen strongly excised from apex to

vein 4, then excurved, and the cilia crenulate.

. Head and base of tegulse pale rufous ; palpi, frons,

and antennae dark brown; thorax dark brown, the tips of

patagia, pectus, and legs with some ochreous ; abdomen dark

brown with some ochreous on ventral surface. Fore wing

rufous, the marginal areas suffused with dark brown and

glossed with silver ; numerous dark striae forming four

indistinct narrow bands across the cell; some short black

streaks in interspaces beyond the cell ; the inner area with

oblique dark medial band from cell to inner margin, with

small quadrate white spots, each formed of two striae on each

side of it in submedian interspace; an oblique dark post-

medial band from vein 6 to inner margin ; an indistinct

curved subterminal line; two black subapical points. Hind

wing pale rufous thickly striated with darker rufous, form-

ing obscure reticulations ; the extreme base black ; a small

discoidal black spot and spot on middle of inner margin ; an

new Thyridida? and Pyralidae. 119

oblique medial narrow band with waved edges, ending at

tornus ; apical area deeper rufous, with curved inner edge.

Underside similar; lore wing with black subapical point on

a whitish spot with black annulus.

Hab. Br. Guiana (Roberts); 1 $ type. Exp. 32 mtn.

(17 a.) Rhodoneura nephelopera , sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen deep rufous ; front of thorax

and dorsum of abdomen with a purplish-silvery gloss ; pectus,

legs, and ventral surface of abdomen rather paler ; wings

rufous with a golden gloss, thickly and nearly evenly reti-

culate with pale and deep rufous lines. Fore wing with the

base, costal area, and area beyond the cell to apex and

down to vein 3 deep rufous suffused with purple; cilia with

two white patches at tips below apex and two above tornus.

Hind wing with the extreme base deep rufous ; cilia with

the tips chequered white and rufous. Underside of fore

wing with the subcostal nervure and base of veins beyond

upper angle of cell finely streaked with black and white, the

terminal area batween veins 8 and 2 suffused with purple,

with a curved white streak below extremity of vein 8.

Hab. Assam, Khasis, 2 $ , 1 $ type. Exp. 24 mm.

(18 a.) Rhodoneura euprepes, sp. n.

$ . Head, thorax, and abdomen pale ferruginous, the last

dorsally tinged with brown except at base and anal tuft ;

wings uniform pale silky ferruginous, with numerous evenly

disposed indistinct rufous striae ; hind wing with oblique red

subbasal line ; the underside redder, with numerous promi-

nent dark striae and ill-defined rufous lines.

Hab. Br. Guiana, Bartica (Kaye), 1 ? type. Exp.

24 mm.

(20 a.) Rhodoneura gemmata , sp. n.

$ . Bright rufous. Fore wing with dark rufous striae form-

ing obscure reticulations; two slight antemedial lines some-

what retracted to costa; two slight postmedial lines approxi-

mated below costa, the outer one oblique to below vein 4, then

incurved and ending at tornus ; an oblique line across apical

area. Hind wing with dark rufous striae forming obscure

reticulations ; a slightly darker rufous subbasal band ; a

similar medial band from vein 5 to inner margin, towards

which it narrows. Underside paler, with the reticulations

more distinct; fore wing with the basal part of cell irrorated

120

Sir G. F. Ilampson on

with black and metallic-blue scales ; some yellow hair above

and below this part of cell and at upper angle.

Hab. Nigeria, Old Calabar (Crompton) , 1 g type. Exp.

26 mm.

(30 a.) Rhodoneura bullita, sp. n.

cf. Head, thorax, and abdomen deep rufous, the meta-

thorax, pectus, and legs rather paler. Fore wing deep

rufous, with numerous small white rounded spots reticulated

with rufous forming very ill-defined antemedial, medial, and

postmedial bands with other spots between them, the medial

band expanding at end of cell, the postmedial with series of

four spots beyond it between veins 6 and 2 ; a triangular

patch on termen below apex, its apex above vein 5 ; some

spots just before middle of termen. Hind wing deep rufous,

mostly covered with rather small, rounded, whitish spots

reticulated with rufous forming very ill-defined bands, the

area below base of cell and beyond the cell between veins 5

and 2 marked w7ith minute rather X-shaped black spots.

Hab. N. Peru, Hauncabamba, 2 $ type. Exp. 52-

56 mm.

(33 a.) Rhodoneura miosticta, sp. n.

S . Pale rufous ; palpi dark brown ; tegulse bright rufous ;

abdomen with dorsal series of dark brown spots. Fore wing

thickly but rather faintly reticulate with dark brown ; the

costa dark tow ards base ; traces of a small discoidal lunule ;

a dark point in middle of submedian fold ; a prominent sub-

terminal spot above vein 5 with two slight marks above it.

Hind wing thickly but rather faintly reticulate with dark

brown ; a slight subterminal point above vein 5.

Hab. Ashanti, Kumassi ( Whiteside ), 1 $ type. Exp.

26 mm.

(50 b .) Rhodoneura lateritiata , sp. n.

$ . Pale chestnut-red ; abdomen suffused with pale pink ;

wings writh numerous dark striae ; fore wing with pinkish

tinge in and below cell; hind wing wdth the inner area

pinkish. Underside of fore wing with the costal and inner

areas and an oblique patch below middle of terminal area

pink ; a black point on a pink spot at apex. Hind wing

pinkish white, with dark striae and irregular series of pink

spots.

Hab. Borneo. Exp. 28 mm. Type in Coll. Staudinger.

(64 a.) Rhodoneura palealides , sp. n.

£ . Head and pectus orange ; palpi pale yellow7, the second

new Thjridid* and Pyralidai.

black; antenme

Js “ " -if: sis « Ettas ss

yellow; the costal ed/e lZf Thlte' .Fore wing

veins 1 to 7 fuscous ; a fine f, Ln 16 med*an nervure and

wing yellowish white ; a fil f,T terminal line. Iliad

Hub. Mashon-alaV s,Ii f?,oon»temina1 line.

42 mm. D> Sdl,sbui7 {Marshall), 1 j tjpe>

*. Rh0d0neWaf^9in0Sa, sp.

indistinct deepTufoTstri?' a F?re Wi"g with numerous

curved from costa to vein 4 the fous P°stmedial line ex

rufous suffusion before it the' “ I?curved> with some deeper

mg an ill-defined sinuous !l °n, ‘f^nal area form!

with numerous deep rufous strfaTf™ • Hind wing

Unders.de with a slight s.W *1 Tg llJ-defined lines

prominent. y §,oss.> the striae rather more

5 t> • J f b-] Rhodon^aflavicilia, sp. n

Uore wing with anttmedfaf and ,de,eper S

postmedial line with another from in'?!?1 Jlnesl a“ obliqiTe'

curved tfruU

//TS.rire Prominent. °ht si]very irroration,

22 mm. Bulaway° (%^)5 1 ? type. ^

1? He 1 Rhodoneu™ nubila, sp. n.

O • Wead dark redd^V, i ^

«ir.io75,"i,3“l>“i; b"“* f'j—1 '—‘ofsrc

(**,, 1Jtw

122

Sir G. F. Ilampson on

(80 6?.) Rhodoneura aurifera , sp. n.

. Head and thorax rufous ; pectus and hind legs whitish ;

abdomen whitish dorsally suffused with black. Fore wing

rufous, the inner area tinged with grey, the termen purplish

grey, numerous fine blackish striae forming reticulations ; a

triangular golden-yellow patch from middle of costa to lower

angle of cell, and a similar but less prominent patch tinged

with rufous from apical part of costa to vein 5, the former

slightly reticulate, the latter prominently, the grey suffusion

extending from termen between the two patches ; cilia white.

Hind wing pale rufous with prominent dark striae forming

reticulations; an indistinct dark subbasal line; termen

purple-grey ; cilia white.

Hab. Paraguay, Sapucay (Foster), 1 £ type. Exp. 24 mm.

(6.) Playiosella pectinif era, sp. n.

$ . Head, thorax, and abdomen rufous ; wings pale rufous

thickly striated with ferruginous. Fore wing with fine ante-

medial rufous line excurved below costa, then incurved ; a

medial line almost straight on left wing, sinuous on right ;

a postmedial line forking above vein 5, one branch reaching

inner margin beyond middle, the other sinuous and ending

at tornus ; a line across apical area. Hind wing with

medial line forking at vein 5, one branch ending on inner

margin above tornus, the other on termen below middle ; a

sinuous line from costa before apex to termen at vein 2.

Hab. Sierra Leone (Cements), 1 J type. Exp. 40 mm.

Pyralidae.

Epipaschiafje.

Genus Micropaschta, nov.

Palpi upturned, slender, reaching vertex of head, the third

joint short ; maxillary palpi filiform; antennae of male with

long cilia, a slender process from basal joint fringed on both

sides with long hairs and reaching to meta thorax ; tibiae

smoothly scaled. Fore wing very narrow, the termen ob-

liquely curved; vein 2 from near angle of cell; 3, 4, 5

stalked ; 6 from upper angle ; 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 7, 8 bent

downwards, and 7 given off long beyond 9 towards termen ;

1 1 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from before angle of

cell; 3, 4, 5 stalked; 6, 7 stalked, and 8 anastomosing with

them to near apex.

new Thytfdidse and Pyralidas.

123

Micropaschia orthogrammalis , sp. n.

d . Head, thorax, and abdomen grey-brown ; pectus,

legs, and ventral surface of abdomen grey irrorated with

brown, the tarsi brownish ringed with white. Fore wing

grey irrorated and suffused with brown; a diffused red-

brown spot below middle of cell ; a strong straight blackish

line from middle of costa to inner margin beyond middle ;

a slight discoidal lunule ; a punctiform postmedial line

oblique from costa to vein 6, then inwardly oblique ; termen

slightly more suffused W'ith brown and with obscure series

of dark points. Hind wing greyish, uniformly suffused with

brown.

Hab. Fr. Guiana, St. Jean Maroni ( Schaus ), 1 £ type.

Exp. 16 mm.

(4 a.) Arnatula const antialis , sp. n.

d. Antennae with short thickly scaled process on basal

joint ; fore wing with no glandular swelling on costa, which

is somewhat concave, the apex produced upwards and the

termen oblique; vein 3 wrell separated from 4, 5.

Head and collar pale rufous ; thorax and abdomen creamy

white with rufous tuft on metathorax ; abdomen fuscous

towards extremity, the anal tuft fulvous. Fore wing with

the basal area clothed with black and cream-coloured scales

bounded by an erect black line defined by white on outer

side ; the medial area cream-coloured, extending along costa

almost to the submarginal line ; the outer area fuscous ; a

sinuous white subterminal line excrirved at middle and much

incurved in submedian fold. Hind wing whitish tinged with

fuscous towards termen; an ill-defined sinuous white sub-

terminal line, obsolete towards tornus.

Hab. Egypt, Suez Canal. Exp. 28 mm. Type in Coll.

Rothschild.

(2.) Tioga melazonalis , sp. n.

Tioga atrifascialis, Hmpsn. A. M. N. H. (7) xiv. p. 182 (nec Hulst).

Head, thorax, and abdomen white slightly irrorated with

brown ; palpi with black patches on first and second joints at

sides; tegulae with black patches at base; fore and mid legs

with the extremity of femora and base of tibiae black. Fore

wing slightly tinged and irrorated in parts with brown ;

short black streaks at base on costa and below cell ; an

antemedial rufous band mostly suffused with black and

becoming deep black at costa, its inner edge slightly angled

121

Sir G. F. Ilampson on

inwards below cell, its outer edge slightly sinuous and with

a faint oblique medial line just beyond it ; a faint postmedial

line slightly excurved beyond lower angle of cell and with

raised black scales towards inner margin ; a double sub-

terminal line with slight black streaks before it on the veins,

and some fuscous suffusion beyond it at apex and slight rufous

suffusion before and beyond it at inner margin ; a terminal

series of black strke. Hind wing white, slightly tinged with

brown on terminal half ; a fine dark terminal line.

Hab. Bahamas, Nassau ( Sir G. Carter ), 2 <$ type ;

Jamaica, Runaway Bay (JValsingham) , 1 $ , Constant [Springs,

1 $ . Exp. 18 mm.

(3.) Tioga fovealis, sp. n.

Fore wing of male with small triangular fovea in end of

cell.

$ . Head and thorax white mixed with some black ; palpi

with the third joint black ; antennae black except at base ;

tegulae with black patches ; tarsi black ringed with white ;

abdomen whitish suffused with fuscous, h'ore wing white ;

a black patch at base of costa ; a broad rather oblique black

band just before middle, expanding on inner half; a broad,

rather diffused, incurved, black band from apex to inner

margin before tornus, the area beyond it tinged with fuscous;

a terminal series of black points ; cilia with a fuscous line

through them. Hind wing white slightly tinged with brown,

especially towards termen ; a dark terminal line ; a pale

fuscous line near base of cilia.

Hab. Fr. Guiana, Cayenne ( Schaus ), 1 <$ type, St. Jean

Maroni. Exp. 14 mm.

(2 a.) Pococera nigribasalis , sp. n.

Pococera robustella, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 199 (part.)

(nec Zell.).

? . Head and thorax grey mixed with fuscous ; tarsi black

riuged with grey ; abdomen grey banded with fuscous. Fore

wing with the basal area suffused with black, deepening

towards its outer edge, which is slightly sinuous ; a broad

medial grey band slightly irrorated with fuscous, more

thickly towards costa, and with a small tuft of black scales

on discocellulars ; terminal area suffused with reddish brown

and slightly irrorated with fuscous ; an indistinct grey post-

medial line excurved from below costa to vein 4, then

incurved and with a small patch of black suffusion before

it on vein 2 ; some blackish suffusion on costal area before

125

new Thyrididse and Pyralidse.

apex ; a terminal series of black points. Hind wing yellowish

white, the costal area and termen tinged with brown; cilia

white, brownish towards apex.

Hab. Guatemala, S. Geronimo [Champion), 1 $ type.

Exp. 24 mm.

(2 b.) Pococera hemimelas , sp. n.

$ . Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish tinged with

rufous; palpi with the third joint black; tegulse at middle,

patagia near tips, and metathorax with a pair of small black

patches ; tibiae and tarsi blackish, the latter ringed with

white; abdomen dorsally tinged with fuscous. Fore wing

with the basal area black, its outer edge slightly curved ; a

medial whitish band with nearly straight medial brown line

on it; terminal area suffused with rufous and slightly

irrorated with black; postmedial line rather diffused, black

defined by white on outer side, oblique from costa to vein 5,

then incurved and excurved to inner margin ; a broad curved

black band from costa before apex to termen below apex,

some whitish on termen, and a prominent series of small

terminal black spots ; cilia pale rufous, with some fuscous

points at base and a fine pale line at middle. Hind wing pale

rufous, the base whitish, the termen darker ; cilia whitish

with a dark line near base.

Hab. Panama, La Chorera (Dolby -Tyler), 1 $ type ;

Colombia, 2 $ . Exp. 20 mm.

(3 a.) Pococera rufitinctalis, sp. n.

$ . Head, thorax, and abdomen pale rufous, the last

slightly irrorated with fuscous. Fore wing pale rufous

slightly irrorated with fuscous ; a subbasal black point

below the cell ; a slight black streak below median nervure

before the medial line, which is oblique, especially from costa

to median nervure, and very slightly angled inwards on

vein 1, some greyish suffusion beyond it ; a black discoidal

bar ; postmedial line indistinct, dentate, excurved from below

costa to vein 3, incurved in submedian interspace and

excurved to inner margin, defined by greyish on outer side,

forming slight streaks on the veins; a terminal series of

black points. Hind wing ochreous white, the terminal area

suffused with brown except towards tornus ; cilia yellowish

white wdth slight brown points towards apex.

Hab. Paraguay, Sapucay (Foster), 2 $ type. Exp.

24 mm.

126

Sir G. F. Ilampson on

(5 a.) Pococera polialis, sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax grey-white slightly mixed with

fuscous ; tibiae and tarsi banded with black ; abdomen grey-

white irrorated with fuscous and dorsally banded with black.

Fore wing grey-white thickly irrorated with fuscous; sub-

basal black points below costa and cell ; a double oblique

black antemedial line filled in with white and with curved

black line before it from cell to inner margin, the area

beyond it whiter, except towards costa, to the black discoidal

point and ridge of raised black scales from below angle of

cell to inner margin ; postmedial line black defined by white

on outer side, excurved between veins 6 and 3, and produced

to minute streaks on veins 4 to 1 ; a slight diffused sub-

terminal line, excurved at middle and the veins beyond it

with short black streaks from costa to vein 5 ; a terminal

series of black striae ; cilia white with fuscous lines at middle

and tips and blackish points at middle. Hind wing semi-

hyaline white, the terminal area suffused with fuscous,

broadly at costa, narrowing to tornus ; cilia white with a

fuscous line through them, the underside with traces of

curved postmedial line.

Hab. Jamaica, Runaway Bay (W alsingham) , 2 ? type.

Exp. 28 mm.

(6 a.) Pococera albiceps, sp. n.

£ . Head and thorax grey mixed with fuscous, vertex of

head white; fore tibiae and tarsi blackish ringed with white ;

abdomen grey slightly tinged with fuscous. Fore wing

grey tinged with brown and slightly irrorated with fuscous ;

a fuscous mark on costa before middle writh patch of raised

black scales below it in cell, another patch below cell rather

nearer base with a few scales forming a slight oblique line

from it to inner margin ; some fuscous suffusion on middle

of costa, with diffused band of black scales from it to inner

margin, incurved below cell, then oblique; a slight double

oblique medial line filled in with white ; postmedial line

indistinct, diffused, defined by whitish on outer side and

produced to slight dark streaks on the veins, oblique from

costa to vein 4, then incurved ; traces of a subterminal line

slightly excurved from below costa to vein 3 ; a terminal

series of black striae. Hind wing whitish tinged with brown,

especially on apical area.

Hab. Argentina, Santa Fe, Ocampo [Wagner), 2 <$ type.

Exp. 22 mm.

new Thyrididae and Pyralidoe.

127

(8 a.) Pococera stenipteralis , sp. n.

Palpi of male with the second joint angled in front, the third

very long and extending to end of tegulae ; maxillary palpi

brush-like in fold of labial palpi ; antennae without process

on basal joint ; hind tibiae with fringes of long hair on inner

side ; fore wing narrow, veins 4, 5 from cell.

Head and thorax golden olive-green ; pectus, legs, and

abdomen greyish, the last dorsally tinged with rufous and

fuscous. Fore wing golden olive-green, the costal and inner

areas slightly irrorated with black ; a slight oblique black

striga below vein 1 ; a rufous streak above middle of vein 1

with an oblique indistinct black striga from beyond its

extremity to vein 1 ; an indistinct pale waved medial line

defined on each side by olive ; a slight oblique black discoidal

lunule, with an oblique diffused black bar beyond it between

veins 6 and 3 emitting slight streaks on the veins ; a pale

postmedial line defined on inner side by olive, incurved from

costa to vein 5, excurved to vein 2, angled inwards in sub-

median fold and bent outwards to torn us ; apical area

suffused with rufous and black ; a terminal series of pro-

minent black points ; cilia with a rufous line through them.

Hind wing semihyaline whitish, the costal and apical areas

suffused with brown ; a brown terminal line and slight brown

line through apical part of cilia. Underside of fore wing

and costal and apical areas of hind wing suffused with

purplish red.

Hab. Fr. Guiana, St. Jean Maroni ( Schaus ), 1 <$ type.

Exp. 24 mm.

(14.) Pococera albimedialis , sp. n.

Pococera melanoleuca , Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. ii. p. 548 (nec

Hmpsn.),

$ . Head and thorax white ; palpi with some black at

middle of first and second joints, the third joint black with

white tip ; tegulse with small black spots at base and tips

of dorsum; thorax with black patches; legs banded with

black ; abdomen white irrorated with black, leaving white

segmental rings. Fore wing white ; black points at base of

costa and cell ; a diffused subbasal band formed of spots on

costa and in cell, and an oblique streak above inner margin ;

a diffused antemedial fuscous baud ending at vein 1, its

inner edge angled outwards below cell, with two small black

spots beyond it below cell and a bar from vein 1 to inner

margin ; a round discoidal tuft of black scales ; three striae

128

Sir G. F. Hampson on

from medial part of costa ; postmedial line strong, black,

angled outwards at median nervules, then rather oblique ;

terminal area suffused with olive, leaving some white beyond

postmedial line ; a terminal series of black striae ; cilia white

with series of fuscous points. Hind wing white, the apical

area suffused with olive ; two blackish spots on vein 2 near

extremity ; a terminal black line ; the underside with faint

discoidal spot and curved postmedial line from costa to

vein 2.

Hab. Mexico, Guerrero, Amula ( H . H. Smith), 1 ? type.

Exp. 24 mm.

(15.) Pococera subviolascens , sp. n.

$ . Fore wing with veins 10, 11 stalked.

Head black and white ; palpi banded black and white ;

antennae with the basal joint white, the shaft black ; thorax

white ; tegulae with black band at base and points at tips ;

legs banded black and white ; abdomen white suffused with

fuscous and with slight black segmental lines. Fore wing

white, the inner and terminal areas suffused with purplish

fuscous ; a subbasal black striga from costa ; an antemedial

triangular black patch from costa to vein 1, followed by a

small wedge-shaped spot from costa ; a slightly curved

strong postmedial black line bounding on inner side the

purplish terminal area, with small wedge-shaped white spot

beyond it from costa ; a terminal series of black strise ; cilia

with a fine white line at base. Hind wing pale purplish

fuscous. Underside purplish fuscous, with white spot on

costa of fore wing towards apex.

Hab. Argentina, Gran Chaco, Florenzia {Wagner), 1 ?

type. Exp. 20 mm.

(16.) Pococera africalis, sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax brownish grey largely mixed with

black ; tarsi black ringed with grey ; abdomen grey tinged

with red-brown and irrorated with black, the terminal seg-

ments with black segmental lines. Fore wing brownish

grey irrorated with black ; subbasal and antemedial black

spots on costa; a medial black spot on costa conjoined to a

discoidal spot, a rather diffused black line from cell to inner

margin ; postmedial line black, diffused on inner side and

defined by whitish on outer, oblique from costa to vein 5,

then incurved ; the apical area suffused with black ; a

diffused black patch on termen above tornus ; a terminal

series of black strise ; cilia fuscous with greyish tips. Hind

129

new ThyrIdidsG and Pyralidas.

wing fuscous brown, with slightly darker patch at extremity

of vein 2 ; cilia grey with a fuscous line through them ; the

underside with indistinct, diffused, curved, whitish postmedial

line from costa to submedian fold.

Hab. Br. E. Africa, Tana R. (Crawshay) , 1 ? type.

Exp. 14 mm.

(1 a.) Lepidogma flagellalis , sp. n.

Antennae of both sexes bipectinate, the basal joint in

male with a long process thickly fringed with hair below and

reaching beyond metathorax.

Reddish brown irrorated with black ; the antennal pro-

cess fringed with black hair; abdomen obscurely banded

with black. Fore wing with the tufts of scales in cell

black ; the basal area suffused with black bounded by an

obscure pale antemedial line; a postmedial dark line, oblique

from costa to vein 5 and slightly angled inwards in sub-

median fold ; the terminal area suffused with black ; a series

of black points on termen. Hind wing fuscous, the inner

area paler.

Hab. Borneo, Kuching, 1 $ type. Exp. 24 mm. Type <$

in Coll. Rothschild.

(1 b.) Lepidogma melaleucalis , sp. n.

Antennse of male with long process from basal joint

fringed with hair and extending to beyond metathorax.

$ . Head and thorax black slightly mixed with grey ;

pectus and legs whitish, the tarsi banded with black ;

abdomen ochreous white, blackish at base and towards

extremity. Fore wing with the basal area black ; the medial

area whitish slightly tinged with brown ; a black spot at

upper angle of cell connected with a black fascia on medial

part of costa; postmedial line black slightly defined by

whitish on outer side, somewhat incurved below vein 5 ;

terminal area black-brown ; cilia black with a fine whitish

line at base. Hind wing with the basal half brownish white,

the inner area suffused with fuscous ; the terminal half

black-brown ; a slight postmedial oblique line between veins

5 and 2 defined by whitish on outer side ; cilia blackish with

a fine white line at base.

Hab. Ashanti, Kumassi ( Whiteside ), 2 $ type. Exp .

16 mm.

(1 c .) Lepidogma melanobasis , sp. n.

£ . Head and thorax black mixed with brown and grey ;

pectus, legs, and abdomen grey, the last with slight dorsal

Ann. & Mag. iV. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. xvii. 9

130 Sir G. F. Hampson on

fuscous segmental lines. Fore wing with the basal area

blackish with sinuous outer edge, the rest of wing whitish

slightly tinged with brown and irrorated with fuscous ; a

small tuft of black scales in middle of cell on edge of basal

area and discoidal tuft; postmedial line whitish with some

fuscous suffusion before it, the area beyond it suffused with

fuscous, excurved from vein 5 to 2, then incurved in

submedian fold. Hind wing whitish tinged with brown,

especially on apical area.

Hab. Japan, Yokohama ( Pryer ), 1 <$ type. Exp. 20 mm.

(1 d .) Lepidogma dentilinealis, sp. n.

. Head and thorax whitish tinged in, parts with rufous,

the patagia with some black scales ; palpi fuscous at sides ;

tarsi fuscous ringed with white ; abdomen whitish, tinged in

parts with rufous and with ill-defined subdorsal black bands,

complete dorsally on third and fourth segments, the ventral

surface white with some black towards extremity. Fore wing

whitish suffused with rufous and irrorated with black, leaving

white patches beyond the antemedial line and in and beyond

end of cell; an ill-defined black streak below the cell before

the nearly straight antemedial line ; the fans of scales at

middle and end of cell blackish ; a diffused, rather dentate,

oblique line from lower angle of cell to inner margin ; post-

medial line very oblique from just below costa to vein 4 near

termen, then incurved and dentate on veins 3, 2 ; traces of a

diffused subterminal line excurved from costa to vein 4, then

incurved ; the apical area suffused with black. Hind wing

white, the apex suffused with fuscous ; two dark marks on

terminal part of vein 2.

Hab. Br. E. Africa, Maungu-Inkuhwa ( Betton ), 1 type.

Exp. 22 mm.

(2 a.) Lepidogma melanopalis, sp. n.

? . Head, thorax, and abdomen pale reddish brown mixed

with some fuscous; tarsi fuscous with pale rings. Fore wing

pale reddish brown ; the basal area suffused with black, its

outer edge nearly straight and somewhat oblique ; a large

fan of black scales at upper angle of cell ; postmedial line

diffused on inner side, oblique from costa to vein 5, theu

erect ; terminal area slightly tinged with fuscous ; a terminal

series of blackish points. Hind wing pale rufous, the base

whitish, the terminal area tinged with fuscous ; an oblique

postmedial line hardly traceable towards costa and ending in

a prominent mark at submedial fold with some brighter

rufous before it ; a fine pale line at base of cilia.

new Thyrididae and Pyralidse. lol

Hal. Borneo, Sandakan (W. B. Fryer), 2 ? type. Exp.

16 mm. *

(21.) Lepidogma ruhricalis, sp. n.

? . Head, thorax, and abdomen clothed with red-brown

and black scales. Fore wing red-brown with a glistening

greyish gloss ; some fuscous suffusion on basal inner area

and a tuft of scales below the cell ; traces of a curved yel-

lowish antemedial line; a discoidal tuft of black scales; the

postmedial line yellowish defined by a black line on its inner

side and excurved between veins 5 and 2, some purplish-grey

suffusion on its inner side and some patches of black scales

between vein 5 and inner margin ; the terminal area yellow-

brown with some dark striae on termen. Hind wing fuscous

brown with faint traces of a postmedial line bent outwards

and defined by ochreous between veins 5 and 2; the cilia

ochreous with a dark line through them.

d . Hind wing with the ground-colour ochreous white.

Hal. Mashonaland, Salisbury (Marshall), 2^,3? type

Exp. 24 mm.

(1 a.) Jocara trilinealis, sp. n.

$ . Head, thorax, and abdomen white slightly tinged with

brown ; palpi brown except at base ; fore tibiae and fore and

mid tarsi fuscous; abdomen with fine dorsal black lines

on first two segments and small subdorsal spots on three

penultimate segments. Fore wing white : the base suffused

with reddish brown bounded by an oblique subbasal black

line excurved in cell and strongly below cell, giving off a

slight black streak below costa ; small antemedial tufts of

black scales in and below cell; some brownish suffusion

before an oblique slightly sinuous medial black line ; terminal

area suffused with brown ; a postmedial black line excurved

below costa, then incurved, veins 7, 6 beyond it streaked

with black ; a white patch on middle of terminal area, a

terminal series of small black spots ; cilia white. Hind

wing white, the apical area suffused with brown ; a terminal

series of black striae.

Hal. Bahamas, Nassau (Sir G. Carter), 1 $ typo. Exp

22 mm.

(2 a.) Jocara lophotalis, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen grey-white ; palpi fuscou* in

front ; antennae blackish, the process from basal joint in

male tipped with black ; patagia with fine black streak on

9*

132

Sir G. F. Ilampson on

outer edge ; metathorax edged with black ; legs tinged with

fuscous, the tarsi blackish ringed with white. Fore wing

grey tinged with brown, especially on costal area ; an ante-

medial ridge of black scales from cell to inner margin and

another from lower angle of cell; an indistinct double waved

medial line filled in with grey; black points in middle of cell

and on discocell ulavs ; the veins beyond the cell streaked

with black to the white postmedial line slightly defined on

each side by fuscous and excurved from below costa to vein 3,

some black before and beyond it on costa and some brown

suffusion before it down to vein 3 ; a terminal series of

prominent black points ; cilia whitish with a brown line

near base. Hind wing white slightly tiilged with fuscous,

especially on terminal area.

Hab. Jamaica, Runaway Bay ( Walsingliam ), 4 3 ?

type. Exp. 22 mm.

(2 b.) Jocara pictalis, sp. n.

? . Head, thorax, and abdomen white and olive-yellow.

Fore wing silvery white, with olive-yellow marks at base of

costa and inner margin ; a black point at base and subbasal

points below costa and median nervure; an antemedial broad

olive-yellow band with a tuft of black scales in cell, a large

fan of white and black scales below the cell and a waved

white line near its outer edge ; a tuft of black scales at end

of cell ; some postmedial patches of black scales forming a

broken waved line ; the postmedial line white and minutely

dentate, defined by an olive and fuscous line on each side,

with a patch of black and blue-grey beyond it on apical area

and a white patch at middle ; a terminal series of black spots;

cilia pale brownish. Hind wing pale fuscous with darker

terminal line, the cilia white.

JIab. Brazil, Sao Paulo (Jones). Exp. 28 mm. Types

in Coll. Rothschild and B.M.

(4 a.) Jocara ferrifusalis , sp. n.

? • Head, thorax, and abdomen grey suffused with ferru-

ginous, the last with obscure fuscous dorsal bands. Fore

wing greenish grey, more or less strongly suffused with

ferruginous and irrorated with black ; a small antemedial

tuft of black scales below the cell ; an indistinctly double

black medial line filled in with whitish on costal area and

from cell to inner margin, excurved in submedian interspace

and above inner margin and angled inwards on vein 1 ; a

small discoidal tuft of raised scales ; postmedial line rather

new Thyrididse and Pyralidse.

133

indistinct, defined by grey on outer side, dentate, excurved

from costa to vein 4, then oblique, more or less black suffusion

before and beyond it on costal half; a terminal series of

black striae. Hind wing grey suffused with ferruginous

brown ; a fine dark terminal line. Underside of fore wing

fuscous, the costal and terminal areas ferruginous ; hind

wing whitish suffused with ferruginous, deeper on costal and

terminal areas, a black point at upper angle of cell.

Hub. Jamaica, Montpelier (Walsingham) , 2 ? type;

Paraguay, Sapucay [Foster), 1 ? . Exp . 28 mm.

(5.) Jocara discalis , sp. n.

Plead, thorax, and abdomen clothed with ochreous, red,

and black scales; tarsi whitish banded with rufous; anal

tuft ochreous white. Fore wing ochreous white suffused

with rufous and irrorated with black, the postmedial area

rather darker, the apical area blackish ; a medial blackish

line defined by ochreous on inner side, excurved below costa

and bent inwards to inner margin ; a slight black discoidal

lunule with large rounded purplish-white patch beyond it

with some blackish suffusion round it and some purplish

below it; postmedial line ochreous white, obliquely excurved

from costa to vein 3, then incurved and slightly sinuous,

defined by black on inner side and with short black streaks

before it on the veins, the one on vein 5 somewhat indenting

the grey patch ; the apical black patch with some white

suffusion at apex, a whitish patch at tornus ; a terminal series

of slight dark lunules with more prominent black striga

above tornus ; cilia rufous with fine ochreous line at base.

Hind wing whitish tinged with brown, the apex suffused

with brown ; a brown terminal line ; cilia with brown line

through them ; in female nearly uniformly suffused with

brown ; the underside with the costal area suffused with red,

a black discoidal point and postmedial points on veins 7, 8 ;

female with the terminal area suffused with red, a diffused

curved postmedial line from costa to vein 2.

Hub. Fr. Guiana, St. Jean Maroni ( Schaus ), 1 $ type,

type $ in Coll. Schaus. Exp . 24 mm.

(6.) Jocara oe dip e rails, sp. n.

$ . Antennae with the process very long and thickly scaled;

fore wing with the apical part of costa dilated into a large

rounded lobe with large fringe of scales recurved from it over

upper surface and some rough scales below the fringe.

Head and thorax ochreous tinged with rufous; tips of

134

Sir G. F. Hampson on

antennal process, tegulse and patagia, and metathorax

tinged with fuscous; abdomen ochreous, dorsally tinged with

fuscous. Fore wing ochreous tinged with rufous and irrorated

with fuscous except on costal and terminal areas; a large

rounded whitish patch on inner area beyond middle ;

the fringe of scales from apical part of costa fuscous ;

traces of an antemedial line from cell to inner margin ;

a tuft of dark scales below middle of cell ; traces of

a double medial line, oblique from lower angle of cell to

submedian fold, then filled in with whitish ; an indistinct

postmedial line defined by whitish on outer side, excurved

and somewhat dentate from vein 5 to 2, where it is angled

inwards, then slightly excurved again ; series of slight fuscous

points on termen and at tips of cilia. Hind wing ochreous

white, the costal area and termen suffused with brown ; the

underside with the costal area suffused with rufous, a slight

dark lunule at upper angle of cell.

Hab. Panama, La Chorera ( Dolby-Tyler ), 1 $ type. Exp .

26 mm.

Genus Aileopaschia, nov.

Palpi upturned, slender, reaching vertex of head, the third

joint short ; maxillary palpi filiform ; antennje of male ciliated,

without process on basal joint; tibiae smoothly scaled. Fore

wing rather narrow ; vein 2 from near angle of cell ; 3 from

angle ; 4, 5 stalked ; 6 from upper angle, somewhat down-

curved at base and with slight groove above it ; 7, 8, 9 stalked;

10, 11 from cell ; a slight glandular swelling on costa just

beyond middle. Hind wing with vein 3 from near angle of

cell ; 4, 5 stalked ; 6, 7 from upper angle ; 8 free.

Araeopaschia rufescentalis , sp. n.

d . Head and thorax pale rufous ; pectus, legs, and abdo-

men whitish irrorated with brown ; tarsi fuscous with pale

rings. Fore wing pale rufous irrorated with dark rufous ;

small dark subbasal, antemedial, and medial spots on costa ;

traces of an oblique antemedial line ; a dark point at upper

angle of cell ; postmedial line indistinct, very oblique from

costa to vein 6, incurved below vein 4; a terminal series of

indistinct dark points ; a fine pale line at base of cilia. Hind

wing white, the costal and terminal areas tinged with brown;

cilia with a fine brown line near base ; the underside with

traces of curved postmedial line.

[Jab. W. Australia, Geraldton (Saunders), 3 <$ type.

Exp. 20 mm.

new Thyrididae and Pyralidas.

135

(2.) Spectrotrota normalis, sp. n.

Male without secondary sexual characters ; fore wing in

both sexes with veins 4, 5 stalked, 3 from cell.

Head and thorax rufous ; pectus, legs, and abdomen

whitish thickly irrorated with rufous ; tarsi ringed with

white. Fore wing pale rufous thickly irrorated with dark

rufous; a rather diffused sinuous dark antemedial line bent

inwards to costa ; a diffused sinuous postmedial line, excurved

and dentate between veins 5 and 2 and angled outwards on

vein 1 ; a terminal series of obscure dark points. Hind w'ing

whitish slightly tinged with rufous, the terminal area slightly

irrorated with rufous ; a dark terminal line ; the underside

with the costal half thickly irrorated with rufous, traces of

a curved postmedial line.

Hab. W. Australia, Sherlock R. (Clements), 2 $ , 1 ?

type. Exp. 22 mm.

(12 a.) Mac all a mixtirosalis, sp. n.

. Head and thorax clothed with grey-brown and pink

scales ; abdomen grey-brown. Fore wing pale irrorated

with pale brown and pink scales ; four dark spots on costa ;

an indistinct antemedial line angled below the ceil ; a black

spot at end of cell ; a dentate fuscous postmedial line

oblique from costa to vein 5, excurved to vein 2, where it

is strongly angled inwards, then bent outwards again ; a

terminal series of fuscous spots ; cilia pinkish with series of

fuscous spots. Hind wing pale fuscous ; cilia pale pinkish

with fuscous spots.

Hab . Queensland, Dawson district ( Barnard ). Exp.

28 mm. Types in Coll. Rothschild and B.M.

(12 b.) Macalla elaea, sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax olive-green and brown ; abdomen

rufous, with black segmental line on second segment. Fore

wing olive-green irrorated with rufous and fuscous; some

subbasal brown marks ; the minutely waved green ante- and

postmedial lines defined by diffused brown bands on each

side ; a dark discoidal tuft of scales ; the postmedial line

slightly bent outwards between veins 7 and 3, and with

diffused black scales on each side it on inner area. Hind

wing fuscous ; cilia of both wings pale rufous, with waved

dark line through them.

Hab. New Guinea, Fergusson Is. (Meek), 1 type.

Exp. 26 mm.

136

Sir G. F. Hampson on

(12 c.) Macalla galeata , sp. n.

Antennal process of male extending as far as teguke,

expanding into a hollow at tips, filled with black hair and

fringed with long hair and scales above, held forward over

palpi ; tufts of hair behind antennae ; fore wing without

costal gland.

<$ . Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous tinged with

rufous. Fore wing ochreous tinged with rufous and slightly

irro rated with fuscous, the area below and beyond end of cell

whitish ; tufts of blackish scales in and below middle of cell,

with some blackish suffusion below them ; a tuft of blackish

scales on discocellulars, with black point above it on costa ;

an indistinct minutely dentate postmedial line, oblique from

costa to vein 4, then inwardly oblique ; traces of a curved

subterminal shade; a terminal series of slight dark points;

cilia ochreous intersected with rufous. Hind wing white, the

termen tinged with rufous, narrowing to tornus ; traces of a

postmedial line from costa to vein 2; a slight dark terminal

line; cilia pale, with a rufous line through them.

Bab. W. Australia, Sherlock R. (Clements) , 1 type.

Exp. 32 mm.

(12 d.) Macalla cenochoa, sp. n.

Antenme of male with the process from basal joint

triangular, flattened, smoothly scaled, and hollowed out,

meeting above corneous cup-like depression on vertex of

head ; fore wing without glandular swelling on costa.

Golden green fading to yellow. Fore wing irrorated with

darker scales ; an olive antemedial band narrowing to a

point on inner margin and followed by an oblique medial

line ; a postmedial olive band bordered by lines of black

scales interrupted at the veins ; a postmedial line oblique

from costa to vein 3, where it is angled ; a subterminal

olive band parallel to the postmedial line from costa to

vein 4, where it is interrupted, conjoined to the line below

vein 3; cilia green intersected with black. Hind wing pale

at base, then fuscous with a reddish tinge; cilia reddish.

Hab. Brit. N. Guinea, Moroka (Anthony), 2 $ . Exp.

24 mm. Types in Coll. Rothschild and B.M.

(13 a.) Macalla melapastalis, sp, n.

. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey mixed with black

and slightly tinged with brown ; abdomen with the basal

segment whitish : pectus, base of legs, and ventral surface

137

new Thyrididse and Pyralidse.

of abdomen whitish ; tarsi black ringed with wdiite. Fore

wing grey tinged with fuscous and rufous and sparsely

irrorated with large black scales ; the base darker ; a fan of

fuscous scales in middle of cell and discoidal tuft of black

scales ; postmedial line forming short black streaks on the

veins, oblique from costa to vein 4, then inwardly oblique to

submedian fold and bent outwards to inner margin ; a

diffused subterminal shade, oblique across apical area ; a

terminal series of slight dark points ; cilia grey intersected

with fuscous. Hind wing semihyaline whitish, the apical

area slightly tinged with fuscous; cilia with a fine dark line

through them.

$ . Fore wing much darker ; hind wing with the terminal

area suffused with black, broadly at apex, narrowing to a

point at tornus and with two slight dark spots on extremity

of vein 2.

Ab. Fore wing with oblique deep black shade from middle

of costa, where it is broad, to inner margin before postmedial

line. — Br. E. Africa.

Hab. Br. E. Africa, Kui ( Betton ), 1 $ ; Mashonaland,

Salisbury [Marshall) , 1 $ type ; FPGamiland [Lugard),

1 $ . Exp. 24-28 mm.

(13 b.) Macalla minor alls, sp. n.

$ . Head and thorax grey mixed with black and tinged

with rufous; tarsi black ringed with white; abdomen grey,

with subdorsal and lateral series of blackish spots. Fore

wing grey tinged with fuscous and rufous and sparsely

irrorated with black scales ; an indistinct, slightly waved,

oblique subbasal line ; two tufts of black scales in middle of

cell with some black irroration or rufous suffusion below the

cell ; postmedial line oblique from costa to vein 5, then

incurved; terminal area suffused with fuscous; a terminal

series of slight dark points. Hind wing semihyaline whitish ;

the inner area tinged with fuscous ; the apical area broadly

suffused with fuscous to vein 2, the termen then narrowly

fuscous ; a fine pale line at base of cilia.

Hab. Singapore [Ridley), 1 $ type. Exp. 20 mm.

(14 a.) Macalla fas ciculat a, sp. n.

£ . Antennae with no process from basal joint, the shaft

serrate and fasciculate. Dull olive-green irrorated with

black ; tarsi and abdomen banded with black. Fore winjr

with black mark at base of costa ; an oblique line from

median nervure near base to middle of inner margin ; the

tufts in cell black ; the postmedial line minutely dentate,

138 Sir G. F. Hampson on

angled outwards below costa and strongly beyond lower

angle of cell, then incurved ; a subapical black patch. Hind

wing suffused with fuscous ; a small subterminal black spot

on vein 2 ; both wings with terminal black line, the cilia

intersected with black.

Hab. Natal ( Spiller ). Exp. 24 mm. Type iu Coll.

Rothschild.

(14 b.) Macalla attenualis , sp. n.

Antennae of male without process from basal joint; palpi

with the second joint very long. Pale brown ; abdomen

slightly irrorated with black on dorsum near base. Fore

wing long and narrow ; two obscure, waved, olive-brown

antemedial lines interrupted at nervures ; a diffused oblique

fuscous line from beyond discocellulars to middle of inner

margin, the area beyond it below vein 3 whitish; a pro-

minent whitish subterminal line oblique from costa to vein 5,

then curved and at vein 3 incurved ; the disk irrorated with

fuscous, the veins traversing it and some points on termen

towards apex fuscous. Hind wing whitish, the costa and

termen brownish.

Hab. Bn. Guiana, Rockstone ( Kaye ), 1 ? ; Brazil, Bahia,

1 $ type. Exp. 21 mm.

(16 a.) Macalla fulvitinct alls, sp. n.

$ . Head, thorax, and abdomen oehreous tinged with

rufous and mixed with some black ; tarsi black with pale

rings ; abdomen with slight black segmental bands on

dorsum. Fore wing oehreous tinged with rufous and

suffused in parts with fuscous, the area below the cell

irrorated with a few large black scales ; diffused oblique

antemedial and medial black lines ; fans of black scales in

middle of cell and on discocellulars ; a fan of black scales on

inner margin below middle; two black spots on costa beyond

middle, the faint, slightly waved, postmedial diffused line

arising from the outer spot, oblique from costa to vein 5,

then becoming sub term i n al ; the apex suffused with fuscous

and some fuscous suffusion on inner side of postmedial line

below vein 5 ; a terminal series of black striae. Hind wing

oehreous tinged with rufous ; a curved fuscous postmedial

line; terminal area suffused with fuscous, broadly at apex,

narrowing to a point above tornus ; a terminal series of

black points ; the underside with black discoidal spot.

Hab. Br. E. Africa, Taru ( Betton ), 1 ? tvpe. Exp.

20 mm.

new Thyrididse and Pyralidse.

139

(18 a.) Macalla ochrotalis, sp. n.

Antennae of male with the process slender and fringed

with long hair below. Head, thorax, and abdomen oclireous ;

tegulae and patagia rufous at base ; tibiae with some rufous ;

tarsi rufous ringed with ochreous ; abdomen with slight

rufous dorsal bands. Pore wing ochreous slightly irrorated

with rufous and black, the terminal area rufous suffused

with black ; antemedial line ill-defined, blackish, angled

outwards below costa, strongly incurved to submedian fold

and bent outwards to inner margin; a prominent black

discoidal spot ; postmedial line diffused, black, defining the

inner edge of rufous area, excurved between veins 5 and 3 ;

a terminal series of black points ; cilia pale with black line

near base. Hind wing semihyaline white ; a terminal black

band narrowing from apex to a point at vein 1 ; cilia with a

blackish line near base.

Hab. Fr. Guiana, Cayenne ( Schaus ), 1 ? type, type $ in

Coll. Schaus. Exp. 22 mm.

(18 b.) Macalla niveorufa , sp. n.

$ . Head, thorax, and abdomen white, the head slightly

tinged with ochreous ; palpi with black spot on inner side of

second joint at extremity, the third joint black; tibiae banded

with black, the tarsi black ringed with white ; abdomen with

black dorsal segmental lines and lateral black irroration.

Fore wing nearly pure white, the basal area slightly tinged

with fuscous, the terminal area silky rufous with some black

suffusion ; an indistinct antemedial line with darker spot on

costa, incurved in submedian interspace ; two black discoidal

points ; postmedial line strong, black with slight streaks on

the veins, slightly bent outwards between veins 5 and 3, then

somewhat retracted, the whole area beyond it rufous ; a

terminal series of black spots. Hind wing ochreous white,

the apical area broadly suffused with fuscous and tinged

with rufous to just below vein 2, the ter men then narrowly

dark ; the underside with black discoidal point and indistinct

punctiform curved postmedial line from costa to vein 2.

Hab. Panama, Cana Mines ( Tylecote ), 1 $ type. Exp.

28 mm.

(20 a.) Macalla melanobasis, sp. n.

d . Head and thorax black, mixed with some rufous and

ochreous; hind legs and abdomen ochreous, with dorsal patches

of black scales on first two and fourth and fifth segments.

140

Sir G. F. Ilampson on

Fore wing with the basal area black with curved outer edge ;

the rest of wing creamy ochreous, with pale rufous suffusion

on costal and postmedial areas ; a fan of pale rufous scales

in end of cell ; a rather triangular black apical patch ; two

terminal black striae towards apex and one above tornus.

Hind wing creamy white with ill-defined dark rufous spot on

vein 2 near termen, with black striga on termeu beyond it.

Hab. Mashonaland [Bobbie), 1 £ type. Exp. 30 mm.

(20 b.) Macalla grisealis , sp. n.

^ . Antennae with the process long or moderate ; hind wing

with veins 4, 5 stalked ; fore wing with vein 6 stalked with

7, 8, 9.

Head and thorax grey- white mixed with fuscous ; legs

whitish irrorated with fuscous ; abdomen whitish, dorsally

suffused with brown, ventrally irrorated with fuscous. Fore

wing grey-white irrorated with fuscous and with large black

scales; a slight black streak below the cell before the in-

distinct antemedial line, which is angled outwards just below

cell ; a black discoidal spot ; two obliquely placed spots above

middle of inner margin ; a postmedial series of prominent

black rather elongate spots on the veins, excurved between

veins 6 and 3 ; a terminal series of small black spots. Hind

wfing semihyaline white, the veins and termen tinged with

brown.

Hab. Br. Guiana, St. Jean Maroni ( Schaus ), 1 type,

Maroni R. Exp. 24-30 mm.

(23 a.) Macalla ignezonalis , sp. n.

cJ . Head and thorax yellowish white tinged with brown ;

abdomen purplish red ; wings whitish, tinged with brown

and irrorated with fuscous. Fore wing with whitish medial

line, very oblique from costa to median nervure, then curved

and with large purplish-red patch on its inner side ; a black

discoidal tuft ; a whitish postmedial line, oblique from costa

to vein 5, then minutely dentate ; a terminal series of black

points. Hind wing with broad fiery-red medial band edged

by whitish lines, the inner very oblique from costa to median

nervure, the outer slightly excurved and minutely dentate

between veins 5 and 2; a terminal series of black points.

Hab. Sierra Leone [Clements), 1 $ type. Exp. 24 mm.

(34.) Macalla glaucochry sails, sp. n.

? . Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous white, tinged

with rufous. Fore wing ochreous suffused with rufous and

141

new Thyrididse and Pyralidge.

irrorated with fuscous, the medial and tornal areas suffused

with grey-blue ; an antemedial tuft of rufous scales below

the cell, with traces of an excurved line from it to inner

margin ; traces of a pale postmedial line, oblique below

vein 4 ; a terminal series of slight brown points. Hind

wing golden yellow, the apex slightly tinged with brown.

Hub. Borneo, Sandakan [Fryer), 1 ? type. Exp. 26 mm.

(35) Macalla metachryseis, sp. n.

$ . Head orange tinged with green ; thorax olive-yellow-

green ; abdomen yellow, dorsally tinged with olive. Fore

wing golden olive-green ; a slight dark shade below base of

cell ; an irregular triangular white patch from middle of

costa to submedian fold, with small green spot near its outer

edge in cell and small tuft of blackish scales on its outer edge

below base of vein 2 and line from it to inner margin angled

outwards on vein 1, the costa beyond it with series of white

points ; a white line from costa towards apex, strongest

towards costa, dentate inwards above veins 6, 5, then

excurved, minutely dentate and incurved in submedian

interspace ; a series of dark points just before termen.

Hind wing golden yellow.

Hab. Br. E. Africa, Eb Urru ( Betton ), 1 $ type. Exp.

44 mm.

Genus Chloropaschia, nov.

Palpi upturned, the second joint reaching vertex of head, the

third acuminate ; maxillary palpi filiform ; antennse of male

ciliated, without process from basal joint ; tibiae smoothly

scaled. Fore wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell;

4, 5 radiating from angle; 6 from upper angle; 7, 8, 9, 10

stalked ; 11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 3 from angle

of cell ; 4, 5 stalked ; 6, 7 from upper angle ; 8 free.

Chloropaschia thermalis, sp. n.

Head and tegulae rufous, with some dark scales; thorax

olive-green mixed with fuscous ; pectus and hind legs pale ;

fore and mid legs rufous and fuscous, the tarsi fuscous with

pale rings ; abdomen pale, dorsally suffused with rufous and

obscurely banded with fuscous. Fore wing olive-green,

largely suffused with rufous and irrorated with fuscous;

antemedial tufts of raised black scales in and below cell, with

a rufous band beyond them in female from cell to inner

margin; a slight tuft of black scales in end of cell and

142

Sir Gr. F. Hampson on

(liscoidal bar ; a medial black line obliquely excurved from

costa to vein 4, then strongly incurved to below end of cell ;

some rufous suffusion with points of black scales at middle

before the postmedial line, which is black defined by greyish

on outer side, very minutely dentate, somewhat oblique from

costa to vein 2, then slightly incurved ; terminal area suffused

Avith rufous, becoming greyish towards termen ; a terminal

series of prominent black points ; cilia pale rufous, with

series of fuscous points. Hind wing pale tinged with reddish

broAvn, especially on apical area ; cilia pale, with fuscous line

near base.

Hab. Fr. Guiana, St. Jean Maroni ( Schaus ), 1 $ type,

type $ in Coll. Schaus. Eocp. 26 mm.

(10 a.) Stericta glaucinalis , sp. n.

S • Head and tegulse ferruginous ; thorax greenish grey ;

legs and abdomen pale red-brown irrorated with fuscous.

Fore wing greenish grev irrorated with brown ; the basal

half of costa, the discoidal tuft, and three spots on terminal

half of costa red-brown; conjoined dark and pale brown

patches on termen from vein 5 to inner margin, with a grey

patch in submedian interspace. Hind wing semihyaline

greyish, the apical area suffused with fuscous ; a dark line

through the cilia.

Hab . Surinam, Berg-en-Daal ( C . TV. Ellacombe ). Eocp.

24 mm. Type in Coll. Rothschild.

(18 «.) Stericta leucozonalis , sp. n.

? . Head, thorax, aud abdomen pale ochreous, with a

greenish tinge. Fore wing dark olive-green, shading into

ochreous in places ; a narrow, oblique, white, slightly waved,

and irregular subbasal band ; a slightly curved white medial

line, followed by a narrow olive-green band, then a broad

white band emitting a short spur inwards in cell to near the

medial line, its outer edge angled outwards at middle ; a

diffused whitish postmedial line, with olive-green band before

it, strongly angled outwards at middle ; termen narrowly

greyish, with prominent series of dark points; cilia pale

rufous, with some dark points. Hind wing pale brown,

the terminal area rather darker; cilia pale rufous, with some

faint dark points ; the underside paler, except terminal area;

a curved postmedial line.

Hab. Singapore (Ridley), 2 ? type. E.ip. 24 mm.

new Thyrididse and Pyralidae.

143

(20 a.) Stericta chionophoralis, sp. n.

Antennae of male with the process reaching to meta-

thorax ; maxillary palpi triangularly scaled and flattened

against frons ; fore wing on upperside with fringes of large

scales below the cell and from upper angle to near apex, the

neuration rather distorted.

c? . Head, thorax, and abdomen pale brownish ochreous,

slightly irrorated with fuscous, patagia and dorsum of thorax

with some white, metathorax with some black scales ; tarsi

blackish, ringed with white. Fore wing pale brownish

ochreous irrorated and suffused with fuscous ; a white patch

from costa before middle to below cell ; an indistinct double,

minutely waved medial line, oblique from costa to below cell;

a black point at upper angle of cell; postmedial line double

filled iu with whitish, very minutely waved, oblique from

costa to vein 5, then subterminal ; the apical part of the

fringe of scales beyond cell white ; some white suffusion at

apex ; a terminal series of black points ; cilia ochreous,

intersected with fuscous and with black points at base.

Hind wing semihyaline whitish; the apical area suffused

with fuscous ; an indistinct curved postmedial line from

costa to vein 2, where it ends in a small black spot; cilia

with series of small blackish spots at base ; the underside

with the costal area irrorated with brown and white.

$ . Fore wing with the white areas much reduced, the

medial line more distinct and erect.

Hab. Brazil, Organ Mts., Tijuca (Wagner), 1 $; Para-

guay, Sapucay (Foster), 3 d type. Exp. 32 mm.

(20 b.) Stericta leacoplagialis , sp. n.

c?. Maxillary palpi triangular and flattened against frons;

fore wing with fringe of large scales below the cell.

Head, thorax, and abdomen clothed with red-brown and

fuscous scales. Fore wing red-brown irrorated with fuscous

and black ; a short subbasal black streak below costa ; a

large white patch extending from middle of costa to vein 1

with a few black scales on it, a short black streak in cell, a

sinuous line near its outer edge and a large flap of white

and black scales on its lower edge ; a discoidal tuft of

scales ; a curved, blackish, minutely dentate subterminal

line, with some white points on it ; some black points on

termen and cilia. Hind wing semihyaline yellowish white with

some fuscous at apex, slight streaks on the veins near termen,

a terminal line, and a line through cilia towards apex.

Hab. British Guiana, 1 $ , Mapiri (Stewart) ; Bolivia,

Yungas-la-Paz, 1 $ type. Exp. 36 mm.

144

Sir G. F. Ilampson on

(20 c.) Stericta lop ho cep satis, sp. n.

. Maxillary palpi small, triangularly dilated with scales ;

antennae with small triangular dilation of basal joint, with

very large tuft of hair between them from frous and vertex

of head ; mid tibiae above and hind tibiae at base with tufts of

1) air ; fore wing with vein 4 curved upwards near base, veins

5, 6 meeting at a triangular point, anastomosing for some

distance, then forking again.

Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous, tinged with rufous

and irrorated slightly with brown ; tarsi banded with black.

Fore wing ochreous, irrorated and in part suffused with dark

brown ; a brown spot on inner margin near base ; an ante-

medial series of four irregularly placed dark spots with

another beyond them in cell and three below the cell;

a postmedial minutely dentate dark line with minutely dentate

ochreous band on its outer side, strongly excurved from below

costa to vein 2, angled inwards in submedian fold, then

excurved again, some dark suffusion before it from below end

of cell to inner margin ; a subterminal diffused fuscous band ;

a terminal series of small black spots, larger towards apex ;

cilia with blackish line near base, obsolescent towards tornus.

Hind wing fuscous brown, rather darker towards termen ;

cilia with fine pale line at base ; the underside pale, an

indistinct curved postmedial line, the terminal area suffused

with fuscous.

Hab. Borneo, Sandakan (Pryer), l^type. Exp. 30 mm.

(20 d .) Stericta congenitalis , sp. n.

Antennae of male without process from basal joint, a large

tuft of hair between them from frons and vertex of head ;

maxillary palpi brush-like in a hollow of labial palpi; claspers

normal ; fore wing with vein 4 slightly curved upwards near

base, the discocellulars slightly produced below upper angle

of cell, and veins 5, 6 shortly stalked.

$ . Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous suffused in parts

wdth rufous. Fore wing pale ochreous slightly tinged with

rufous ; rufous subbasal spots on costa and below cell ; a

spot on inner margin before middle ; twro diffused, slightly

wraved, medial, rufous lines, oblique from costa to median

nervure, then angled inwards in submedian fold ; postmedial

line minutely dentate, oblique from costa to vein 3, where it

is met by an oblique mark from lower angle of cell, then

incurved and stronger ; apical area suffused with rufous

and with a slightly incurved maculate line from it to tornus;

a terminal series of small rufous spots. Hind wing pale

143

new Thyrididas and Pyralidse.

suffused with brown, darker on terminal area ; cilia pale ;

the underside pale with indistinct curved postmedial line,

the terminal area brown.

Hab. Borneo, Sandakan ( Pryer ), 1 $ type. Exp.

28 mm.

(21 a.) Stericta obliqualis , sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen grey suffused and irrorated

with pale rufous ; tarsi banded with black. Fore wing grey

irrorated with rufous and suffused with rufous on medial

area; a subbasal blackish spot on costa and prominent spot

below the cell ; a black point in middle of cell ; a prominent

oblique slightly sinuous black line from middle of costa to

inner margin towards tornus, with another oblique black

line beyond it from costa to vein 5 ; some slight streaks on

the veins beyond the cell and an incurved line from vein 2

to inner margin ; postmedial line emitting short black streaks

on the veins, rather oblique from costa to vein 5, excurved

between veins 5 and 2 and oblique to inner margin ; traces

of a curved waved subterminal line ; a terminal series of

prominent black points. Hind wing whitish; the termen

suffused with brown, broadly on apical and tornal areas ; an

indistinct curved postmedial line ending in a small black

spot on vein 2 ; the underside with discoidal point, the apical

area suffused with fuscous.

Hab. Bolivia, Yungas-la-Paz, 1 £ type. Exp. 30 mm.

(3 a.) Orthaga ferrealis , sp. n.

Antennae of male with process extending to collar; palpi

hollowed out to receive the brush-like maxillary palpi ; fore

wing on underside with the terminal half of cell clothed

with large down-turned scales.

<£ • Head, thorax, and abdomen bright ferruginous irro-

rated with white ; tarsi ringed with white. Fore wing

bright ferruginous irrorated with white and a few black

scales ; a very ill-defined oblique whitish antemedial band

with blackish streak beyond it below the cell ; a broad, ill-

defined, whitish postmedial band with the indistinct, minutely

waved postmedial line on it, angled outwards at vein 4, the

outer edge of white band also waved, angled at vein 4 and

emitting a streak to termen, with blackish streaks beyond it

below veins 7 and 6 nearly reaching termen and shorter

streaks above and below vein 2 and above vein 1 ; a sub-

terminal series of indistinct whitish spots ; cilia chequered

white and rufous with darker spots at base. Hind wing

Ann & Mag. N. Hist . Ser. 7. Vol. xvii. 10

146

Sir G. F. Hampson on

pale suffused with reddish brown, especially on terminal

area, the hair on inner margin reddish ; cilia chequered

white and pale rufous with darker spots at base; the under-

side whitish, the costal area irrorated with white and rufous,

the apical area suffused with brown.

Hab. Queensland, Townsville (Dodd), 1 J type. Exp.

30 mm.

(10 a.) Orthaga rubridiscalis , sp. n.

. Head grey tinged with rufous, antennal tuft grey,

rufous, and black; collar rufous; thorax grey; abdomen

brownish. Fore wing grey thickly irrorated with black,

brown, and rufous scales ; a large subbasal blackish and

rufous quadrate patch on costa; a sinuous fuscous medial

line incurved in cell, excurved on inner area ; the tufts of

scales below cell and on discocell ulars grey ; discal area

bright ferruginous extending to inner margin inside the

postmedial line, which is minutely dentate, excurved beyond

cell with series of white points on it and black spot at costa ;

apical area blackish ; some rufous at tornus ; cilia chequered

pale brown and blackish. Hind wing fuscous; cilia grey at

tips.

Another form is darker with dark purplish-fuscous

replacing the ferruginous tones.

Hab. Louisiades, St. Aignan (Meek), 1 $ ; Queensland

(Waller , 1 type, Cooktown, Cedar Bay (Meek), 1 J.

Exp. 28 mm.

(20«.) Orthaga melanoperalis, sp. n.

Maxillary palpi triangularly scaled, flattened against frons;

fore wing of male with the glandular swelling very large,

without laminate plates in cell.

d . Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous slightly tinged

with rufous ; tarsi fuscous ringed with white. Fore wing

ochreous tinged and irrorated with rufous, the apical area

deep rufous suffused with black ; blackish subbasal points

on costa and below cell ; traces of two diffused antemedial

lines with dark patch on costa and black point below cell ;

traces of two diffused minutely waved postmedial lines

oblique from costa to vein 4 ; traces of a diffused subterminal

line; a terminal series of prominent small black spots; cilia

pale with rufous line and series of fuscous points. Hind

wing pale tinged with brown, the terminal area fuscous ;

cilia with fuscous line near base.

$ . Fore wing writh prominent discoidal tuft of black

scales.

147

new Thyrididse and Pyralidae.

Hab. Borneo, Baram (Everett), 1 £ , Palo Laut {Doherty),

1 £ type; Sambawa [Doherty], 1 ? . Exp. 18-22 mm.

(23.) Or t hag a chionalis, sp. n.

S . Antennae without process from basal joint ; palpi with

the third joint normal ; fore wing without glandular swelling

or fan of scales.

Head, thorax, and abdomen white, the last slightly irro-

rated with black on dorsum and with fans of black and white

scales from behind origin of bind wings. Fore wing white,

the termiiial area from middle of costa and inner margin

beyond middle rufous; the costal area tinged with rufous;

a diffused pale rufous subbasal band ; a small antemedial

tuft of black scales below the cell ; an indistinct, oblique,

slightly waved medial line; a black discoidal point; a diffused

black postmedial line, oblique from costa to vein 4, then

incurved, double below vein 3 ; a diffused, curved, fuscous,

subterminal band with rather blacker patch above middle ;

a terminal series of prominent, small, rather quadrate, black

spots ; cilia white with slight brown line through them.

Hind wing pale fuscous, rather darker on terminal area;

cilia chequered with fuscous on apical half; the underside

with traces of diffused medial line.

Hab. Singapore [Ridley), 1 type. Exp. 24 mm.

(24.) Orthaga bipartalis , sp. n.

$ . Head, thorax, and abdomen greyish ochreous irrorated

in parts with fiery red, the last with some black scales on

terminal segment ; tarsi fuscous with pale rings. Fore wing

greyish ochreous irrorated with fiery red and some black scales

to middle of costa and inner margin beyond middle, the termi-

nal area suffused with olive-green and irrorated with fuscous ;

a diffused red streak below cell before middle ; a black point

in middle of cell and black discoidal spot with oblique striga

from costa to it ; postmedial line defined by ochreous on

outer side, minutely dentate, oblique from costa to vein 4,

angled inwards in submedian fold, and emitting a black tooth

upwards towards the discoidal spot, angled outwards on

vein 1 ; a terminal series of small black spots. Hind wing

fuscous brown; the underside with slight discoidal spot and

diffused postmedial and subterminal lines oblique on costal

half.

Hab. Singapore (Ridley), 1 $ type. Exp. 24 mm.

[To he continued.]

10

148

Mr. W. Nicoll on Trematode

XVIII. — Note on Bulimulus (Drymaeus) citrinellus, Pfr., and

scitulus, Reeve. By Hugh C. Fulton.

B. ciTitiNELLVs was first published by Pfeiffer in bis Monog.

Helic. Viv. vol. vi.p. 114 (1868), as a u var. ?" of B. scitulus,

live., with the following description : — “ Anfractibus paulo

convexioribus, strigis spadiceis nullis.'' The latter part of

this is translated in Tryon's ‘ Manual/ vol. xi. p. 271, as

having “ no scarlet streaks " ; this should have been “ no

brown streaks." As a matter of fact, specimens which I

believe are properly referred to Pfeiffer's citrinellus have very

pale orange or scarlet stripes, but no brown ones as seen in

scitulus .

I have before me a large number of both scitulus and citri-

nellus collected in 1894 by Mr. Baron, the former at Cajamarca,

Peru, and the latter at Cajabamba, Peru. Among the

specimens of citrinellus are some answering to Pfeiffer's

description, whilst others are ornamented with orange and

dark brown streaks, so that Pfeiffer's description does not

suffice for the material now under consideration. Citrinellus

is easily separated from scitulus ; the latter in the adult state

is a smaller shell, with much narrower and more numerous

streaks, generally narrower in form, with its peristome more

contracted at its anterior or basal area, and its whorls increase

more rapidly than in scitulus , consequently the body-whorl is

obviously larger.

Pfeiffer's description of the whorls of citrinellus as u paulo

convexioribus " is scarcely borne out by the majority of the

specimens before me ; if there is any difference worth men-

tioning, 1 should say the body- whorl of scitulus is the more

convex of the two, but the specimens vary in this respect.

The darker form of B. citrinellus is well illustrated in

Tryon's ‘ Manual,' vol. xi. pi. xlvii. fig. 17 ; the figure 16 on

the same plate is a not very faithful copy of the excellent

figure of lleeve's scitulus as given in the Conch. Icon,

pi. xcvii. fig. 513.

XIX. — Notes on Trematode Parasites of the Cockle

(Cardium edule) and AJussel (Mytilus edulis). By

William Nicoll, M.A., B.Sc., Gatty Marine Laboratory,

St. Andrews.

[Plate IV.]

In April 1903, at the suggestion of Professor MTntosh, I

commenced the examination of the edible cockle (C. edule)

149

Parasites of the Coclde and Mussel.

for parasitic Trematodes, in the hope of being able to fill up

some of the gaps in the life-history of the pearl-forming

Distomid of the mussel. The life-history of this parasite

{Leucithodendrium somaterice ) has been almost completely

worked out by Dr. H. Lyster Jameson*. At Piel he found

the sporocyst stage in the mantle of the cockle close to the

anterior border of the anterior adductor muscle. At Billiers,

however, he found the same stage occurring in Tapes decus-

satus. From this we may conclude that the host harbouring

the sporocyst stage is not constant, but varies according to

locality.

Mr. A. J. II. Russell, M.A.f, at St. Andrews in 1902

(April- July) examined a considerable number of both large

and small mussels from the beds at the mouth of the Eden.

He found pearls in 45 per cent, of the large, and 21 per

cent, of the small mussels. These numbers fall short of

those obtained by Dr. Jameson, who found almost every

specimen infected. This is probably due to the comparative

unsuitability of the locality. Mr. Russell apparently did

not determine whether the parasite causing the pearl-

formation in the Eden mussels was the same as that

described by Jameson, but, assuming this, I sought for the

sporocyst stage in the cockle. During three months (May-

July) several hundred cockles were examiued and in no case

were sporocysts present in the positions indicated by Jameson,

nor, indeed, in any part of the mantle-edge.

Later, however, in examining the other organs of the

cockle, I met with sporocysts containing cercariae closely

resembling those discovered by Jameson in Tapes. They

occurred in one well-defined, somewhat oval-shaped mass

(PL IV. fig. 1), situated in the middle line dorsally just over

the posterior border of the liver, but separated from that

organ by a short distance (1-2 mm.). They could be best

seen by removing the cockle entirely from the shell and

looking down on it from above. The mass then appeared

whitish, semiopaque, and of a somewhat soft consistency.

Within it the individual sporocysts appeared as yellow spots

of various sizes. The dimensions of the mass were in some

cases as large as 4 mm. x 3 mm. The occurrence of the

sporocysts in this case is thus different from that observed

by Jameson in Cardiwm and more nearly resembles the con-

dition in Tapes , for while in the latter large groups were

found, “ there were only single, triple, or quadruple cysts ”

in the former.

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1902, i. p. 140.

t Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1903, xi. p. 550.

150

Mr. W. Nicoll on Trematode

On microscopic examination of a pressure preparation

(PL IV. fig. 2), the sporocysts contained cercariae varying in

number from two to as many as fifty, while the total number

of cercariae sometimes exceeded 250. Inside the sporocyst

they appear of different shapes and sizes, but on being pressed

out they assume an oval outline, changing, however, with the

movements of the animal.

These movements are interesting. Fully extended (text-

fig. a), the cercaria is spindle-shaped, and fixing itself in

ci 6 c d e y

Movements of cercaria.

this position by its oral sucker it begins to draw the re-

mainder of the body up to the sucker. The anterior part

expands [b) , the rest remaining narrow and elongated, but

this is gradually drawn forward until the whole body has the

shape of a prolate spheroid ( d ). The ventral sucker then

comes into action, the oral is released and the anterior part

of the body begins to elongate until finally the spindle-

shape is reassumed.

The cercarige (PI. IV. fig. 3) vary in size, the average length

being about *22 mm. At the period of greatest contraction

the length may be T1 mm., while at full extension it reaches

*28 mm. The greatest breadth is about *1 mm.

The whole surface of the cuticle, except on the suckers,

is set with small spines arranged in transverse rows, the

members of each row alternating with those in the next. Of

the two suckers the oral (PI. IV. fig. 3, a.s ) is the larger ; it is

subterminal and cup-shaped, with a circular aperture. The

ventral (fig. 3, v.s .) is just in front of the bifurcation of the

excretory system. The mouth opens in the oral sucker, and

viewed from the side it has a triangular outline. It is con-

tinuous with a pharynx ( ph .), the lumen of which has a

small dilatation at both ends. The oesophagus is short and

divides into two sac-like diverticula ( div .). The excretory

system {ex.) occupies the major part of the body. In most

15 L

Parasites of the Cockle and Mussel.

examples it appears intensely black, but in some, the more

active and possibly the older, it is lighter in colour. It con-

sists of two wide pouches, uniting posteriorly, continued by

a narrow tube, which opens terminally by an excretory pore.

A pair of eyes ( e.s .) is present, one on each side of the

oral sucker. Each consists of a small crystalline rod with a

pigment-spot. Round the aperture of the oral sucker are

several minute papillse.

The genital system can hardly be made out in the living

animal, but on death, when the tissues become more opaque,

a pair of testes ( ts .) can be distinctly seen, one on each

side of, and somewhat behind, the ventral sucker. They

contain a mass of globular cells. From each testis a narrow

tube issues and joins its fellow from the other side at the

level of the sucker. From this point a single tube leads

forwards and opens just in front of the sucker.

In addition, in the living cercaria, a number (from 8 to

12) of globular cells ( k.s .) can be seen in front of the ventral

sucker. These may possibly be the rudiments of the ovary.

With regard to the frequency of occurrence of the sporo-

cysts, in a sample of twenty cockles recently examined I

found every specimen infected and invariably the sporocysts

were situated in the same position. The cockles were not of

full size, measuring on an average only 25 mm.

It is evident that, as the cercaria can only perform creeping

movements, it must reach its next host in this manner.

Search in the mud, however, of the mussel-beds failed to

reveal the migratory stage. I have also kept a number of

cockles and mussels together in a tank for a considerable

time, until, in fact, the cockles died, but met with no better

success on examining the mud at the bottom. It is possible

that migration may only take place at a particular period of

the year.

Although, in the cockle, the mantle-edge was free from

sporocysts, it was, nevertheless, by no means free from para-

sites. In this case the infection took the form of numerous

small globular cysts (PL IV. fig. 4), as many as 35 being

present in one specimen, although, as a rule, the number

did not exceed 10. They occurred usually in the inmost

fold of the mantle-edge, sometimes in groups of two or three,

but oftener singly, and their distribution seemed to be general.

They were situated in the loose connective tissue, just under-

neath the epidermis, but, as far as observed, their presence

gave rise to no pathological condition (except that there was

a slight proliferation of the cells in the neighbourhood).

There was no tendency to pearl-formation round these cysts,

152

Mr. W. Nicoll on Trematode

although Herdmann * notes the occurrence of pearls in a

number of cockles examined by him, to as large an extent

as 8 in .25.

In the foot the same cysts were found in much greater

numbers, embedded beneath the epidermis in the muscular

tissue. They were most numerous near the tip and were

almost entirely confined to the horizontal part. Occasionally

white concretions, 2-3 mm. in diameter, were met with in

the glandular part of the foot, but these had no obvious

connexion with the occurrence of the cysts.

The cysts vary from '21 mm. to *25 mm. in diameter.

They can be quite easily dissected out from the surrounding

tissue. The capsule is perfectly transparent and of a slightly

brownish colour. It consists of three parts : the outermost

is a thin membrane and is separated from the rest by a space ;

the middle layer is thicker than the internal, and the

whole thickness of the capsule is about ’013 mm. It

contains the encysted stage of a Trematode larva. By

the use of moderate pressure the capsule can be ruptured

and the Distomid (PI. IV. fig. 5) set free. The anterior part

is broader than the rest of the body, somewhat spade-shaped

in general outline and with a ridge (fig. 5, r.s.), in the form

of a horseshoe, bearing spines. The whole length of the

animal is *7 5-*8 mm. (minimum *6 mm.). The greatest

breadth of the anterior part is *19 mm., while the rest of the

body varies from T4 mm. in front to '08 ram. The body is

flattened dorso-ventrally.

Tnere are two cup-shaped suckers, raised somewhat above

the surface of the body. The oral sucker, situated within

the ridge of spines, is smaller than the ventral, having a

diameter of ‘065 mm. The ventral lies in the middle of the

body, but nearer the posterior end, and measures *095 mm.

in diameter. Both suckers have a circular aperture.

The ridge on the anterior end carries 29 spines arranged in

a single row. They are about *025 mm. long, but three at

each end are shorter than the others. The ridge has rounded

ends and the two terminal spines on each side seem to lie

behind and below the adjacent ones.

In addition, part of the body, from what may be called the

neck down almost to the level of the ventral sucker, is studded

with small hooks (fig. 5, c.s.) or spinelets. There are 30 or

40 transverse rows, and the hooks in one row alternate with

those in the next, so that diagonal rows are also formed.

The mouth opens in the oral sucker and leads into a

* Lancashire Sea-F^heries Lab. Itep. for 190-3, p. 93.

153

Parasites of the Coclcle and Mussel,

muscular pharynx (ph.) measuring *05 X *03 mm. This

is continued by a narrow straight oesophagus, which remains

undivided until near the ventral sucker, where it bifurcates

into two diverticula (PJ. IV. fig. 5, dig.).

The excretory system (fig. 5, ex.) is well-marked. It is

loaded with bead-like globules, which disappear on treatment

with acid. There are two main tubes of varying width

running almost the whole length of the body and uniting

posteriorly in a vesicle which opens terminally by an excretory

pore. Anteriorly the main tubes receive numerous short,

simple branches.

On more minute examination an extremely narrow tubule

(PI. IV. fig. 5 ,f.t.) can be discerned to the outer side of each

main excretory tube. They are provided with flame-flagella

and have apparently some connexion with the excretory

system, although their exact relation could not be observed.

Genital organs are not yet present, but sperm-cells are

apparently developed. They occur diffusely. On rupture of

the animal by pressure these cells issue in great numbers.

They are evidently spermatozoa, for they possess a head

and vibratile tail, and execute the typical spermatozoid

movements.

The adult stage (PI. IV. fig. 6) of this parasite is to be

found in the oyster-catcher ( Hcematopus ostralegus). I had

an opportunity * of examining many of the birds that fre-

quent the shores of the Eden estuary, but in most of them

only cestode parasites were to be found. In the oyster-

catcher, besides the usual collection of tapeworms, several

Trematodes were found in the intestine. The stomach is

generally full of the remains of cockles and mussels, and the

gut contains numerous cysts similar to those found in the

cockle. Towards the lower end of the intestine the desired

parasites were obtained. They are not at all of frequent

occurrence, but being translucent and of no great size they

may easily escape notice.

The adult resembles the encysted larva to a marked degree,

the main external point of difference being the elongation of

the posterior part of the body. The distance between the

two suckers remains practically the same, as does the average

breadth of the animal, the whole length being increased to

about 1*25 mm.

This parasite has several features in common with the

members of the Trematode subgenus Echinostomum (cf.

* For this I am indebted to my friends Messrs. R. M. Craio- and

Arthur Mills and to Mr. A. W. Brown, of the Gatty Marine Laboratory.

15 4

^ 1 ’ ^ * Nicoll on Trematode

£ts:-4r s~ t* sts » > * «>.»»,

and arrangement, and the positions^ d,1fe,'.only “i number

suckers. It may be clashed ^ °‘*S and.relatlve sizes of the

probably a new species §. de* thls subgenus and is

tissues of ^he'cockfe*0* an<1 d,!ssect,on of the organs and

(Pi.IV. fig- 7) were found, chiXinrt)°rCilited sPoroc^ts ||

connexion with the intestine » 16 but sometimes in

‘he same individual. ^ EareI~S,tTallj “ b°th Pla«* i“

dozen in one cockle and , tbere more than half a

they entirely absent Thev fm f°Ut 20 Per «®t. were

provided with cilia they movedliw*0 K® ^ and being

genera outline of the body was oval t 7 enou*h' Tile

somewhat blunter posteriorly C taPerinS anteriorly, but

size, tlm largest being about •« Tn ,was sorae diversity in

width of -38 mm Small „ 8 lonS’ with a greatest

were occasionally observed! Xa“ples not exceeding -2 mm.

and between anVsbghtlv 7-’ e'S'') are P1-esent in front

situated. Inside the Ssporocystea°n ^1 3 Pharynx is

appear, usually from six to eurht ^m!*er of g,ob'dar cysts

two to four daugbter-sporocysts' (fl ‘f- CySt COntains from

development. The voumrest ~ * l l ^ m var,ous stages of

the body-wall of the sporocyst tow^Tl?8' Senerally near

appear entirely undivided a ^ ards the anterior end

A somewhat older stage shtwsTrP 8ma11 ?lobular bodies.

spheres. Later these take ^ the^r1011 Into tw° hemi-

sporocysts, two eye-spots and cdi^ ®harac*er of daughter-

lowards the hinder end of the da^hP8 their aPPearance.

five globules are seen similar to ""fter-sporocyst four or

Inside the cyst the minutn . ,tlose mentioned above,

round and round, and on lupturf of^ ^ °bserved moving

their escape and swim ah „„f™u f tie Parent they make

The relationship of these , cons>derable agility7

Irematode larvte found i the°S f° ‘h® °tber sta^^ *

* v. Linstow, Arch f \r0t

I w?d,vl T ’ p • l83> pi- % *

§ Cf. P>- i. %. 5.

aporocysts ara also described in the same note.

Aruv. £ Mag. Nat. Hist. S. 7. Vol.XVII.PUV.

i ;

Hi

"

\

del fig. 7 W.N. del .

Highley,lith. &imp

I

library

or the

UNIVERSITY of ILLINOIS

155

Parasites of the Cockle and Mussel,

No redia or other intermediate stage has as yet come under

my observation.

Again, on examination of several other Lamellibranchiate

mollusks from the neighbourhood of the Eden, I found in

the mussel ( Mytilus edulis ) and Mactra stultorum the same

encysted parasites in the foot. They were as numerous in

the mussel as in the cockle, and occurred in almost every

example; even in specimens measuring only 8 mm. as many

as half a cloven cysts could be counted in the foot. In

Mactra they were rarer. But in Mytilus and Mactra sporo-

cysts did not occur in the mantle, in the mid-dorsal line, or

in the liver. This would appear to be a proof that the sporo-

cysts in the liver, and those containing cercarise in the mid-

dorsal line, are stages of the same parasite, or, at any rate,

that they have no relation to the cysts in the foot.

The antecedent stages of both these parasites are as yet

unknown. Examination of the mantle-cavity of the cockle

and mussel displayed numerous Infusor-like animals of

different kinds, some of which may prove to be the Mira -

cidium larva *.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.f

Fig. 1. Diagram of cockle (removed from valves), showing situation of

sporocyst mass {m.s.). 1., liver; a.a., anterior adductor; p.a.,

posterior adductor ; r., rectum.

Fig. 2. Pressure preparation of sporocyst mass, sp., the individual sporo-

cysts; cer., cercaria.

Fig. 3. -The cercaria. a.s., anterior sucker ; e.s., eyes ; ph., pharynx ;

oes., oesophagus ; c.s ., cuticular spines ; ex., excretory system ;

div., intestinal diverticula; k.s., globular cells ; p.s., posterior

sucker ; ts., testis ; ex.p., excretory pore. Cuticular spines

omitted.

Fig. 4. Cyst from foot of cockle, showing parasite coiled up inside.

a.s., anterior sucker; c.s., ridge of spines; ph., pharynx;

ex., excretory system ; p.s., posterior sucker ; e.v., excretory

vesicle ; c ., capsule.

Fig. 5. Cercaria from foot of cockle, a.s., anterior sucker ; r.s., ridge

with spines; ph., pharynx ; c.s., cuticular spines; oes., oesophagus ;

dig., intestinal diverticula ; p.s., posterior sucker ; f.t., tubule

with flame-flagella ; ex., excretory system ;. e.v., excretory

vesicle ; ex.p., excretory pore. Cuticular spines omitted.

Fig. 6. Adult from intestine of oyster-catcher. Lettering same as in

tig. 5.

Fig. 7. Sporocyst from liver of cockle, ph., pharynx ; e.s., eye-spots ;

c., cilia ; a, undivided cyst ; b, cyst, later stage ; d, cyst con-

taining daughter-sporocysts ; d.s ., daughter-sporocyst.

* I should like to note here that in the mantle-cavity of the cockle

swarms of a species of Infusor of the genus Trichodina occurred. They

were found both swimming about free and adhering to the mantle and

foot.

t I have to thank my friend Mr. D. D. Craig, M.A., for preparing

the drawings which accompany this paper.

156

Mr. W. L. Distant on

XX. — A few undescribed Species of Cicadidse.

By W. L. Distant.

Subfam. Cicadinm.

Division ClCADARIA.

llihana operculissima) sp. n.

S • Head and pronotum brownish ochraceous ; mesonotum

castaneous ; head with lateral striae to front, a broad transverse

fascia between eyes which reaches basal margin at the area

of the ocelli, pronotum with a broad central fascia widened

anteriorly and posteriorly, on each side of which is a longitu-

dinal discal spot, the fissures and a spot on lateral margin,

mesonotum with four obconical spots, of which the two central

are shorter and better defined, a central line widening into a

large subtriangular spot in front of cruciform elevation, and a

spot on anterior angles of same, black ; margins of pronotum

pale ochraceous ; abdomen above black ; face with the trans-

verse striations and apical two thirds of central area black,

inner margins of eyes and a transverse fascia between them

and face, black ; coxal streaks, anterior and intermediate tibia?,

and the tarsi more or less piceous; abdomen beneath black,

somewhat ochraceous towards lateral margins, opercula pale

ochraceous ; tegmina and wings hyaline, the venation greenish

ochraceous on basal and piceous on apical area ; tegmina with

t lie costal membrane greenish ochraceous, the postcostal area

piceous brown between black veins.

Opercula very long, reaching base of sixth abdominal

segment, the interior angles overlapping at base, where they

are margined with black, apices subacute and a little out-

wardly directed, outer margins posteriorly concavely sinuate ;

rostrum reaching the posterior coxae.

Long., excl. tegm., 34 mm.; exp. tegm. 86 mm.

Hab. Mexico, Territ. de Tepic, Cerro San Juan [L. Diguet ,

Paris Mus.).

IWictna Digueti , sp. n.

S . Head above black, somewhat thickly ochraceously

pilose, ocelli purplish red; pronotum castaneous, its margins

brownish ochraceous, with a central fascia, much widened

anteriorly and posteriorly, on each side of which is a longi-

tudinal spot, the fissures, and a spot on lateral margins,

black ; mesonotum black, with four obconical spots only

157

unde scribed Species of Cicadidae.

defined by their testaceous margins, and of which the central

two are shortest, angular margins of the cruciform elevation

testaceous ; abdomen above black ; metanotum and posterior

apical abdominal margins cretaceously tomentose ; head

beneath, sternum, and lateral areas of abdomen beneath

cretaceously tomentose ; legs brownish ochraceous ; opercula

ochraceous, with nearly their inner halves black, the whole

more or less cretaceously tomentose ; tegmina and wings

hyaline, the venation somewhat ochraceous or testaceous on

basal, piceous on apical areas ; tegmina with the costal

membrane black, on each side margined with testaceous, veins

defining the postcostal area black ; opercula subovate, their

apices angularly convex and reaching the abdominal basal

segment, their posterior margins obliquely convex, their outer

margins almost straight, the inner angles overlapping ;

rostrum about reaching the posterior coxae.

Long., excl. tegm., <$ 30 mm. ; exp. tegm. 90 mm.

Hob. Lower California ( Diguet , Laris Mus.).

Division Dundubiaria.

Tanna insignis , sp. n.

S . Head, pronotum, mesonotum, sternum, and legs

greenish ochraceous; antenna*, lateral striae to front, area of

the ocelli, and two small central marginal spots at base of

head, two central fasciae which are united posteriorly and

angulated anteriorly, on each side of these a short curved

discal fascia, a submarginal lateral fascia, the fissures and

extreme edge of posterior margin to pronotum, a central line

with a short curved anterior line on each side of it to meso-

notum, tour spots in front of cruciform elevation, and a spot

on each side of same, black ; abdomen testaceous, above with

the segmental margins and the anal segment distinctly

piceous, beneath with a transverse basal spot, the tubercles,

and the anal segment piceous black ; tegmina and wings

hyaline, the venation greenish or fuscous ; tegmina witli

the costal membrane greenish ; basal margin of upper ulnar

area black, the transverse veins at bases of 1 st— 5th and 7th

apical areas infuscated, and marginal fuscous spots near the

apices of the longitudinal veins to apical areas ; opercula

small, subquadrate, not extending beyond base of abdomen ;

rostrum reaching the posterior coxae ; a prominent tubercle

on each side of the second abdominal segment; face broad,

obsoletely centrally sulcate, the transverse striations brownish.

Long., excl. tegm., £ 20 mm. ; exp. tegm. 60 mm.

Hob. Java (Coll. Dist.).

158

Lt.-Col. C. D. Durnford on

Tanna pallida, sp. n.

. Body and legs very pale tawny brown ; pronotum with

a central pale ochraceous fascia, on each side of which is a

short longitudinal black discal spot, the sublateral fissure

black and the anterior fissure brown (these dark markings

apparently absent in female) ; mesonotum with two obsolete

obconical spots, which are only defined by their somewhat

darker margins, a small black spot on each side of cruciform

elevation ; abdomen finely palely pilose, somewhat in tufts on

lateral margins ; tegmina and wings hyaline, the venation

and costal membrane of the first pale ochraceous ; opercula

small, subtriarigular, just passing the base of abdomen ;

rostrum reaching the posterior coxae; a single tubercle on

each side of second abdominal segment ; face moderately

globose and strongly centrally striate.

Long., excl. tegm., $ 19, $ 17 mm. ; exp. tegm., $ 55,

$ 62 mm.

Hab. North Borneo ; Sulu Islands, Jolo.

XXI. — Flying-fish Flight , and an Unfixed Law of Nature,

By Lt.-Col. C. 1). Durnford.

The controversy amongst naturalists as to whether flying-

fish do or do not flap their wings in flight has become so

one-sided as almost to represent extinction — as a controversy.

It is desirable, if possible, to revive it a little, by carrying

the argument into new ground : first, because the one side

which is at present believed in would appear to be the wrong-

one ; and, secondly, because it seems to have escaped the notice

of the other that this is capable of proof.

The arguments, if they may be so called, hitherto in use

are simple assertion and denial, and may be summed up

into : —

“ Flying-fish do fly, moving their wings with extreme

rapidity. I have carefully and frequently watched

them, and there can be no doubt whatever about it.”

And the converse : —

u Flying-fish do not flap their wings, but use them

as aeroplanes, like swallows when in skimming or sailing-

flight. I have carefully and frequently watched them,

and there can be no doubt whatever about it.”

Somewhat similar remarks will be heard in any ordinary

159

Flying-fish Flight.

group of -ship's passengers watching the fish. Some will

insist that they see the wings flapping, and some will aver

that they are quite still.

But among scientists wing-flapping is undoubtedly very

much the under-dog, and the carefully written paper by

Captain Barrett-Hamilton (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xi.

p. 389, 1903), also a convinced aeroplanist, perhaps expresses

current opinion as well as may be; and even Professor Whitman

(‘'American Naturalist/ vol. xiv. p.641,1880), who insists that

he has seen u distinctly the individual flaps of the large

pectorals/' adds that this flapping u maybe continued for the

whole or part of the flight, but it is generally discontinued

after the first few rods, and the course continued by a pure

skimming or sailing movement" — thus showing that he, too,

believes in the possibility of the aeroplane flight.

Proof that such flight by any known species of flying-fish

is a mechanical impossibility is the new ground which I

propose to take up.

In order to make clear what the aeroplane theory is, I quote

from the 1 Encyclopaedia Britannica ' (art. Flying-fish ") the

" chief results of the inquiries" (‘Die Bewegungen der

Fliegenden Fische durcli die Luft/ Leip. 1878) of one of its

chief exponents, Professor K. Mobius. These results, which

seem also to have formed the groundwork of many subse-

quent articles, are — with certain omissions on my part for

brevity's sake — summed up as follows : —

is They are more frequently observed in rough weather,

and in a disturbed sea than during calms ; they dart out of

the water and they rise without regard to the direction

of the wind or waves. The fins are kept quietly distended

without any motion, except an occasional vibration caused by

the air, whenever the surface of tiie wing is parallel with

the current of the wind. Their flight is rapid, but gradually

decreasing in velocity, greatly exceeding that of a ship going

ten miles an hour, and a distance of 500 feet. Generally

it is longer when the fishes fly against, than with, or at an

angle to, the wind. Any vertical or horizontal deviation

from the straight course, when flying with or against the

wind, is not caused at the will of the fish, but by currents of

air in a rough sea, when flying against the course of

the waves; they then frequently overtop each wave, being

carried over it by the pressure of the disturbed air. They

fall on board vessels. This never happens from the

lee side, but during a breeze only, and from the weather side.

During the night they frequently fly against the weather-

board, where they are caught by the current of air and carried

1G0

Lt.-Col. C. D. D urn ford on

upwards to the height of 20 feet above the surface of the

water, whilst under ordinary circumstances they keep close

to it.”

The above is fairly representative of the aeroplane theory.

There are, however, several variants to it, the most notable

being the addition by later writers of the use of the tail, both

as a propeller in air, and also as an explanation of the loud

buzzing sound always heard when the fish fly near or over a

boat, and which is really made — it seems odd to have to write

it — by the rapid whirring of the wings.

Of this whirring or flapping motion Professor Whitman

writes, “ It is so rapid that it is not easily recognised at any

great distance until experience has sharpened the eye/"'

Therein lies, I think, the cause of the birth of the aeroplane

theory, though I must add that experience need not necessarily

sharpen even good natural sight into being able to see the

wing-movement. Knack or chance may come in in such

matters. Some time ago, for instance, I was astonished,

whilst testing the shooting of a shot-and-ball gun at the butts,

to find that in certain lights I could plainly see the ball

during its whole flight, whilst the attendant, whose daily

business it was to test rifles and guns, and whose sight was

far superior to mine, tried over and over again but could not

pick it up. So have I seen many watch the whirring wings

and declare them to be still.

It is commonly accepted that in matters of observation an

affirmative evidence is superior to a negative one. In the

special case under consideration, the value of the affirmative

true flight evidence is very greatly increased by the fact that

the aeroplane contradiction thereof must be in proof of a

unique act in nature without a known parallel. Flying

lizards and flying squirrels are perhaps the nearest, but in

both cases the aeroplaue is, I believe, greater by far compared

with the weight borne, and — of more importance — the course

is certainly far less and falling, not horizontal, or rising, as is

that of the flying-fish.

Surely, therefore, it is not too much to ask from the aero-

planists either a reference to some mechanical parallel, or else

absolutely overwhelming evidence in favour of the marvellous

— a fair expression if no parallel be produced. We do not

receive the evidence, for, as before noted, it consists of a